R

Point Source Vi 150

SERVICE MANUAL
Published in Jan. 98 84190110

SERVICE MANUAL
Point Source Vi 150

Safety precautions

This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions described here before engaging in maintenance activities.

Safety warnings and precautions

Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:

DANGER:

High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.

WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.

Symbols The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside the symbol. General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature. indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol. General prohibited action.

Disassembly prohibited.

indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol. General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

1. Installation Precautions
WARNING Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is adequate for the rated current. ............................................................... Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................

CAUTION Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. ........................................................................... Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. ..................................................................................... Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This may cause fire. ....................................... Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................

 Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. .... Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. .......................................................................... Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical attention. .................................................................................... Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copiers instruction handbook. ...................................

2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. ............................................................................ Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related brochures. ...................................................... Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................

Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................... Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ........... When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. ........................................................................... Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. .................................................................................

 Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. ......................................................................................... Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. .............................................. Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............

CAUTION Wear safe clothing. Avoid wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties which may be caught in rotating sections. ................................... Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ............................................................................. Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. ......................................................................................... Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. ......................... Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ............................................................................... Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. .............. Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........ Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................

Remove toner completely from electronic components. ......................... Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ................................................................................................

 After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and missing screws. ...................................................................................... Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. ...................................................... Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ..................................................................................................... Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely. Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents. Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the main switch on. Always wash hands afterwards. Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. ......................... Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................

3. Miscellaneous
WARNING Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. .........................................................................................................

190-1

CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION
1-1 Specifications 1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-2 Handling Precautions 1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ........................................... 1-2-2 Storing toner .................................................................................. 1-3 Mechanical Construction 1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-1-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-3-1 1-3-3 1-3-4 1-3-6

II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout 2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed 2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-3 Operation of the PCBs 2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-2 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-3 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-4 Motor PCB ..................................................................................... 2-3-5 Operation unit PCB ....................................................................... 2-1-1 2-2-1 2-2-2 2-3-1 2-3-3 2-3-4 2-3-6 2-3-7

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

3-1 Installation 3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-13 3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ................................................. 3-1-14 3-2 Maintenance Mode 3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly 3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1 3-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-3 3-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................... 3-3-9 3-3-4 Imaging unit section .................................................................... 3-3-25 3-3-5 Transfer section .......................................................................... 3-3-29 3-3-6 Fixing and eject section ............................................................... 3-3-30 3-3-7 Others ......................................................................................... 3-3-37 3-4 PCB Initial Settings 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-1 3-4-2 Replacing the engine PCB ............................................................ 3-4-3 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-4 3-5 Self Diagnostics 3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1

1-1-1

190-1 3-6 Troubleshooting 3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-14 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-17 3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-31 3-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-39 3-7 Appendixes Timing chart No. 1 ...................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 ...................................................................................... 3-7-3 Power source PCB (120 V area) ................................................................. 3-7-4 Power source PCB (220 240 V area) .................................................... 3-7-4-1 Main PCB 1/25 ........................................................................................... 3-7-5 Main PCB 2/25 ........................................................................................... 3-7-6 Main PCB 3/25 ........................................................................................... 3-7-7 Main PCB 4/25 ........................................................................................... 3-7-8 Main PCB 5/25 ........................................................................................... 3-7-9 Main PCB 6/25 ......................................................................................... 3-7-10 Main PCB 7/25 ......................................................................................... 3-7-11 Main PCB 8/25 ......................................................................................... 3-7-12 Main PCB 9/25 ......................................................................................... 3-7-13 Main PCB 10/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-14 Main PCB 11/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-15 Main PCB 12/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 13/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-17 Main PCB 14/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-18 Main PCB 15/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-19 Main PCB 16/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-20 Main PCB 17/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-21 Main PCB 18/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-22 Main PCB 19/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-23 Main PCB 20/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-24 Main PCB 21/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-25 Main PCB 22/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-26 Main PCB 23/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-27 Main PCB 24/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-28 Main PCB 25/25 ....................................................................................... 3-7-29 Engine PCB 1/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-30 Engine PCB 2/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-31 Engine PCB 3/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-32 Engine PCB 4/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-33 Engine PCB 5/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-34 Engine PCB 6/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-35 Engine PCB 7/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-36 Engine PCB 8/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-37 Engine PCB 9/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-38 Engine PCB 10/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-39 Engine PCB 11/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-40 Engine PCB 12/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-41 Motor PCB ................................................................................................ 3-7-42 Operation unit PCB ................................................................................... 3-7-43 Connection diagram ................................................................................. 3-7-44

1-1-2

I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

190

CONTENTS 1-1 Specifications

1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1

1-1-3

190-1

1-1-1 Specifications
Type Desktop Copying system Dry indirect electrostatic system Originals Sheet and books Maximum size: A3/11" 17" Original feed system Fixed Copy paper Plain paper: 80 g/m2 (metric) for drawer feed 75 g/m2 (inch) for drawer feed 45 160 g/m2 (metric) for bypass feed 45 160 g/m2 (inch) for bypass feed Special paper: Inch Transparencies, recycled paper, colored paper, letterheads, labels and envelopes (in memory copy mode only) Metric Transparencies, recycled paper and envelopes (in memory copy mode only) Note: Use the bypass for special paper. Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17" Minimum: A6R/51/2" 81/2" Magnification ratios Manual mode: 50 200%, 1% increments Auto copy mode: fixed ratios Metric 1:1 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.410/1:0.700/1:0.500 Inch 1:1 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.290/1:0.640/1:0.500 Copying speed At 100% magnification: A4/11" 81/2": 15 copies/min. A3/11" 17": 6 copies/min. B4 (257 364 mm)/81/2" 14": 7 copies/min. A4R/81/2" 11"R: 9 copies/min. When the sheet-through DF is used (at 100% magnification) A4/11" 81/2": 13 copies/min. First copy time 10 s or less (A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification, drawer, manual copy density control) Warm-up time 45 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65% RH) Paper feed system Automatic feed Capacity Drawer: 250 sheets Stack bypass: 50 sheets 1 sheet for A3, B4, folio, 11" 17" and 81/2" 14" paper Multiple copying 1 99 copies Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 30 mm) Charging system Single positive corona charging Exposure light source Semiconductor laser Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror

1-1-1

190 Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush) Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N26T black toner Toner density control: toner sensor Toner replenishment: toner cartridge replacement Transfer system Transfer roller Separation system Curvature separation Fixing system Heat roller Heat source: halogen heater (850 W) Control temperature: 165C/329F (at ambient temperature) Abnormally high temperature protection devices: 150C/302F and 140C/284F thermostats Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning system Cleaning blade Toner collection system Waste toner tank Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor Resolution 600 dpi Effective scanning width A3: at least 289 mm 11" 17": At least 271 mm B4 (257 364 mm): at least 249 mm 81/2" 14": at least 207 mm A4R: at least 202 mm 81/2" 11"R: at least 207 mm Light source Fluorescent lamp Image memory capacity 1 MB Bitmap memory capacity 9 MB Half tones 128 gradations Copy density control 5 levels, manual selection Functions Automatic copy density control, original size detection, automatic paper selection, error detection, auto clear, automatic drawer selection, language selection and negative copying Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 8.3 A 220 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 2.3 A Dimensions 550 (W) 570 (D) 510 (H) mm 215/8" (W) 227/16" (D) 201/16" (H) Weight Approx. 45 kg/99 lbs Floor requirement 752 (W) 570 (D) mm 295/8" (W) 227/16" (D) Options Memory board, printer board, network board, special cassette and sheet-through DF

1-1-2

190

CONTENTS 1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ................................................. 1-2-1 1-2-2 Storing toner ....................................................................................... 1-2-1

1-1-5

190

1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit

Note the following when handling or storing the imaging unit. When removing the imaging unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light. Keep the unit at an ambient temperature between 20C/4F and 40C/104F and at a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity. Always store the unit on a level surface to prevent the developer from spilling and image formation problems. Do not store the unit upside down nor on one end. Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum. Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil, clean it.

1-2-2 Storing toner

Store the toner cartridge in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity. Always store the toner cartridge on a level surface.

1-2-1

190

CONTENTS 1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-4 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-6 (1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-6 (1-1) Paper feed from the drawer .............................................. 1-3-8 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table ..................................... 1-3-9 (2) Main charging section ............................................................... 1-3-10 (3) Optical section .......................................................................... 1-3-12 Original scanning ...................................................................... 1-3-13 Image printing ........................................................................... 1-3-16 (4) Developing section ................................................................... 1-3-19 Magnetic brush forming ............................................................ 1-3-20 Toner density control ................................................................ 1-3-22 (5) Transfer section ........................................................................ 1-3-24 (6) Cleaning section ....................................................................... 1-3-26 (7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-27 (8) Fixing and eject section ............................................................ 1-3-29 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature ................... 1-3-31 Fixing temperature control ........................................................ 1-3-32 Paper separation ...................................................................... 1-3-33

1-1-7

190

1-3-1 Parts names and their functions

2 7 8

9 $ ^ ! %

6 4 5
& * ( )

@ #

Figure 1-3-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Original holder Operation panel Main switch Drawer Length guide Width guide Eject cover 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Fixing unit felt Contact glass Original size indicators Bypass table Slider Support guide Right side cover % ^ & * ( ) Front cover Toner cartridge Toner cartridge handle Imaging unit Imaging unit handle Imaging unit release lever Main charger cleaning knob

1-3-1

190

23
Inch
Error

1
1

Function

On-Line

7
Preset R/E Zoom ( ) Zoom ( ) Manual Original Select Paper Size Select Sort Copy

*
Half Tone Lighter Darker

Stop/ Clear

Start

Reset

54 6 7

8 9^ % 0 !

&

*@ #

23

Metric
4 5 6

7
50% 200%

54 6 7

8 9^ % 0 !

&

*@ #

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Message display Error indicator Function key On-line key On-line indicator Preset R/E key Zoom-down key 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Zoom-up key Manual key Cursor up/original select key Cursor down/paper size select key Enter/sort copy key Stop/clear key Start key % ^ & * ( ) Half tone key Half tone indicator Copy exposure adjustment keys Copy exposure adjustment indicators Numeric keys All clear/reset key

1-3-2

190

1-3-2 Machine cross section

8 6 7 2 3 4 5

1
Figure 1-3-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Machine cross section

Light path Paper path

Paper feed section (page 1-3-6) Main charging section (page 1-3-10) Optical section (page 1-3-12) Developing section (page 1-3-19) Transfer section (page 1-3-24) Cleaning section (page 1-3-26) Charge erasing section (page 1-3-27) Fixing and eject section (page 1-3-29)

1-3-3

190

1-3-3 Drive system

) (5 6 7 9 8 0
As viewed from machine rear

% ^ * &

1 2 3 4

! @ # $

Figure 1-3-4 Drive system (copier main body) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & Drive motor pulley Main drive belt Idle pulley 110/22 Idle gear 28/38 Drum drive gear 39/24/17 Joint gear 28 Registration gear 24/35 Registration clutch gear Bypass gear 27/47 Bypass paper feed clutch gear Developing idle gear 21 Developing drive gear 23/34 Paper feed drive gear 18/34 Paper feed clutch gear Eject pulley Eject belt Joint gear 51 * ( ) Joint idle gear 27 Fixing idle gear 22 Heat roller gear Registration gear 15 Right registration roller gear Transfer gear Toner feed motor gear Hopper joint gear Scanner motor pulley Scanner drive belt Scanner drive pulley Scanner wire drum Scanner wire Scanner wire pulley Scanner wire pulley Scanner wire pulley

1-3-4

190-1

4 5

As viewed from machine front Figure 1-3-5 Drive system (front side of the imaging unit) 1 Left developing spiral gear 2 Middle developing spiral gear 3 Cleaning idle gear 4 Cleaning spiral gear 5 Front drum gear

1 2 3 4

As viewed from machine rear

Figure 1-3-6

Drive system (rear side of the imaging unit) 4 Right developing spiral gear 5 IU joint gear

1 Rear drum gear 2 Developing roller gear 3 Developing idle gear

1-3-5

190

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed section

0@ % $ ( * & ^ # 3

9!7652

) 1 4

Figure 1-3-7 Paper feed section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % Bypass table Bypass lift Bypass paper feed pulley Bypass lift cam Bypass lift stopper Upper bypass guide Lower bypass guide Drawer lift Drawer spring Paper feed pulley Lower paper feed guide Paper feed housing Pre-registration guide Right registration roller Left registration roller ^ & * ( ) Registration spring Pre-transfer guide Transfer roller Post-transfer guide Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) Paper feed clutch (PFCL) Registration clutch (RCL) Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW) Paper switch (PSW) Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1) Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2) Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3) Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4) Registration switch (RSW)

1-3-6

190 The paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections. Primary feed conveys paper from the drawer or bypass table to the right and left registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing.

EPCB

RCL CN5-4 RSW CN5-11 CN5-2 CN5-6 PFCL BYPPFCL

Figure 1-3-8 Paper feed section block diagram

1-3-7

190 (1-1) Paper feed from the drawer The drawer consists of the drawer lift and drawer spring. The drawer can hold up to 250 sheets of paper. Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the paper feed pulley.
Print signal: on Start key PVSYNC signal 130 190 ms RSW DM PFCL 150 ms RCL 100 ms 500 ms

300 ms

500 ms

A
Timing chart 1-3-1

Paper feed from the drawer

A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on, the paper feed clutch (PFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulley rotates to start primary paper feed. B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper has turned the registration switch (RSW) on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on for 100 ms, creating slack in the paper before registration. C 130 to 190 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the right and left registration rollers. D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.

1-3-8

190 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table The bypass table can hold up to 50 sheets of paper. When the start key is pressed, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on and the bypass paper feed pulley rotates to convey the paper on the bypass table to the secondary paper feed section. The bypass lift cam, which is on the same shaft as the bypass paper feed pulley, raises and lowers the bypass lift as the paper feed pulley rotates, and this prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.
Print signal: on Start key PVSYNC signal 230 290 ms RSW DM BYPPFCL RCL 230 ms 500 ms

150 ms

300 ms

500 ms

A
Timing chart 1-3-2

Paper feed from the bypass table

A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulley rotates to start primary paper feed. B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on for 230 ms, creating slack in the paper before registration. C 230 to 290 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch (RSW) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the right and left registration rollers. D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.

1-3-9

190 (2) Main charging section The main charging section consists of the drum and main charger. The main charger charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface, the charger grid ensuring that the charge is applied uniformly.
Main charger grid Main charger wire Main charger

Drum

Figure 1-3-9

Main charging section

CN8-5

24 V DC

CN1-11

CN8-7

MC REM

CN1-9

MC

CN8-12 CN8-14

GRID CONT MC ALM

CN1-4 CN1-2 HVTPCB Grid Drum

EPCB

Figure 1-3-10

Main charging section block diagram

1-3-10

190

At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on. Start key DM MC REM 100 ms 100 ms

GRID CONT

100 ms 100 ms 150 ms 100 ms 150 ms

DB CONT

ESW 3800 ms

Timing chart 1-3-3 Main charging A At least 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on by pressing the start key and after the laser diode is turned on, main charging (MC REM) starts. The grid voltage (GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are increased incrementally to raise the electric potential on the drum surface gradually. B 3800 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) off, the grid voltage (GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are decreased incrementally to reduce the electric potential on the drum surface gradually. C 150 ms after the incremental control of the developing bias (DB CONT) is completed, main charging (MC REM) ends.

1-3-11

190 (3) Optical section The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for scanning and the laser scanner unit (LSU) for printing.

$ 2 45 73 6 1

! 8 9

@0 #

Figure 1-3-11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Scanner Mirror frame Mirror 1 Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Exposure lamp (EL) Reflector 8 9 0 ! @ # $

Optical section

Image scanning unit Lens Optical rail Laser scanner unit (LSU) CCD PCB (CCDPCB) Scanner motor (SM) Scanner home position switch (SHPSW)

1-3-12

190 Original scanning The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light being converted to an electrical signal. The scanner and mirror frame travel on the optical rails on the front and rear of the machine unit to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed of the scanner. When the sheet-through DF* is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the scanning start position and then scan the original from the DF. * Optional.

Original

SHPSW SM

CCDPCB EL

INPCB CN2-1 CN2-4

CN3-1 CN3-6

MOTPCB
CN1-1 CN1-12

EL REM1 CN15-1 CN15-8 CN16-1 CN16-14 CN14-1

CN1-1

CN12-1 CN12-12

CN13-7

CN17-1 CN17-12

EPCB

LSU

Drum

Figure 1-3-12

Optical section block diagram

CN14-2

EL REM2

CN1-2

1-3-13

190

Scan signal Fwd. rotation SM Rev. rotation 120 ms EL SVSYNC 20 ms 50 ms 560 800 P 100 ms 40 ms 2500 P 992 P

During scan: 446 686 pulses During copy: 398 638 pulses

SHPSW

BC

D E F

Timing chart 1-3-4

Scanner operation (for an original on the contact glass)

A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data for shading correction. B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms to scan the white reference data. C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and then it turns on again. D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to move the scanner to the scanning start position. E When the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position. F The scanner motor (SM) rotates forward to start scanning and the SVSYNC signal turns on. G 2500 pulses after the SVSYNC signal turns off, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and the exposure lamp (EL) turns off. 100 ms later, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to its home position. H 40 ms after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor rotates forward. I 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.

1-3-14

190

Scan signal Fwd. rotation SM Rev. rotation Fwd. rotation DFM Rev. rotation 120 ms EL SVSYNC SHPSW DFTSW 20 ms 50 ms 50 ms 150 P 560 800 P 58 154 P 2500 P 992 P

During scan: 200 520 pulses During copy: 168 488 pulses

75 395 P

A
Timing chart 1-3-5

BC

Scanner operation (for an original on the sheet-through DF*) * Optional.

A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data for shading correction. B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms to scan the white reference data. C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and then it turns on again. D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to move the scanner to the scanning start position. E 58 to 154 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position. At the same time, the DF motor (DFM) rotates forward to start scanning the original from the sheetthrough DF. F When the original feed operation of the sheet-through DF ends, the scanner motor (SM) rotates forward to return the scanner to its home position. G 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.

1-3-15

190 Image printing The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed in the engine PCB (EPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a static latent image on the drum surface. Laser scanner unit

1 4

6 8 5
Figure 1-3-13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3
Laser scanner unit (1)

Mirror Cylindrical correcting lens Laser driver PCB Polygon motor control PCB Polygon motor (PM) Polygon mirror Lens BD sensor mirror

1-3-16

190

7 6

8 5 9
Drum

3 2 1

Figure 1-3-14 Laser scanner unit (2) 1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum. 2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to convert it into a cylindrical beam. 3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution. 4 Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 18425 rpm with each face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main-direction scan. 5 Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum surface, keeps the beam diameter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drum surface. 6 Mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the drum surface. 7 BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the maindirection (horizontal) sync signal (MSYNC). 8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor. 9 BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror, outputting a signal to the main PCB (MPCB) to provide timing for the main-direction sync signal (MSYNC).

1-3-17

190 The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-15.

70 m

65 m

Figure 1-3-15 Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image on the drum. The static latent image of the letter A, for example, is formed on the drum surface as shown in Figure 1-3-16. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface irradiated by the laser. The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly overlap each other.
Main scanning direction

Auxiliary scanning direction

: laser beam is on

Figure 1-3-16

1-3-18

190 (4) Developing section

Toner cartridge

Toner hopper spiral Imaging unit

Figure 1-3-17

Developing section

The developing section consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed, the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.

1-3-19

190 Magnetic brush forming The developing roller consists of a magnetic roller having five poles and the sleeve roller. The revolution of the sleeve roller around the magnetic roller entrains the developer, which in turn forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnetic roller. The height of this magnetic brush is regulated by the doctor blade, while the developing result is affected by the positions of the magnet roller poles and the doctor blade. The developing bias generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the developing roller to improve the image contrast. When the electrical potential on the drum surface drops to 0 V, the developing bias voltage is switched to 100 V DC, preventing the toner and carrier from transferring to the drum.
Magnetic poles on the magnet roller N2 55

S1 50

4
S3

N1

90

90 S2

2 736 5 1
N1: 850 104 50 104 T N2: 500 104 50 104 T S1: 540 104 50 104 T S2: 530 104 50 104 T S3: 500 104 50 104 T

Figure 1-3-18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Magnetic brush formation

Developing unit housing Developing roller Toner sensor (TNS) Doctor blade Right developing spiral Middle developing spiral Left developing spiral

1-3-20

190

CN9-18 CN9-19 CN9-20 CN9-21

TFM1 TFM2 5 V DC DTH DTH TFM

TNS CN9-6

Developing bias

CN8-10 CN8-11 EPCB

DB CHG DB CONT

CN1-6 CN1-5 HVTPCB

Figure 1-3-19

Developing section block diagram

Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS). As the developer passes by the sensor section of the toner sensor, the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the developer and converts it into a voltage. As toner is used, the ratio of toner to carrier decreases and the toner sensor output voltage increases. When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner replenishing stops.

1-3-21

190 Toner density control When the imaging unit is installed, the toner feed motor is turned on and off to control toner density based on the specified toner control voltage. Toner empty in the toner hopper is also detected based on the toner sensor output voltage.
Toner sensor output voltage (V) AP mode Toner feed No-copying level
(3.3)

Toner empty (toner cartridge replaced) No copying Toner empty exited 1 min. or more

AP detection level
(2.8)

AP mode exited

AP mode exit level

(2.5)

Toner empty exit level

(2.4)

Toner feed level

(2.3)

Copying

A
Figure 1-3-20

BC

DE F

Toner density control

A Toner feed: The toner sensor output voltage is same as or above the toner feed level (2.3 V DC). When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed level, the toner feed motor is turned on for 0.5 s to replenish toner and is turned off for 1.0 s. If the toner sensor output voltage does not drop below the toner feed level during the 0.5 s period, the toner feed motor is turned on another 0.5 s and this operation is repeated until the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed level. B AP mode: The toner sensor output voltage is above the AP detection level (2.8 V DC). When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the AP detection level for 3.24 s, AP mode is entered and copying is disabled after the current copy is ejected. The toner feed motor then rotates for up to 1 min. at full speed to replenish toner. C AP mode exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the AP exit level (2.5 V DC). When the toner sensor output voltage drops below the AP exit level, AP mode is exited after 30 s of aging and copying is enabled. D Toner empty When AP mode continues for 1 min., the toner empty condition is detected, a message requesting toner cartridge replacement is displayed on the message display and continuous copying is disabled.

1-3-22

190 E No copying: The toner sensor output voltage is above the no-copying level (3.3 V DC). When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the no-copying level for 540 ms, copying is disabled. F Toner empty exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the toner empty exit level (2.4 V DC). When the main switch is turned on and off or the front cover is opened and closed after the toner cartridge or imaging unit is replaced, the toner feed motor is turned on and, 5 s later, the toner feed motor turns on for up to 2 min. at full speed to replenish toner. When the toner sensor output voltage remains below the toner empty exit level (2.4 V DC) for 5.4 s after toner is replenished, toner empty is exited and aging is performed for 80 s. If the toner empty exit level can not be detected after 2 minutes of toner replenishment, toner empty is detected again.

1-3-23

190-1 (5) Transfer section

Transfer roller

Transfer toner removal blade

Figure 1-3-21 Transfer section

The transfer section consists of the transfer roller and transfer toner removal blade. A high voltage generated by the transfer high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the transfer roller mounted under the drum. The transfer toner removal blade removes the residual toner on the transfer roller.

CN8-5 CN8-8 CN8-13

24 V DC TC REM TC ALM

Transfer roller CN1-11 CN1-8 CN1-3 TC HVTPCB Drum

EPCB

Figure 1-3-22

Transfer section block diagram

1-3-24

190

Secondary paper feed start

RSW 300 ms RCL 130 190 ms*1 230 290 ms*2 470 ms TC REM 5 105 ms 650 ms 500 ms

PVSYNC

*1 During paper feed from the drawer/special cassette *2 During paper feed from the bypass table

Timing chart 1-3-6

Transfer

A 470 ms after the PVSYNC signal turns on, transfer charging (TC REM) starts. B 650 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, transfer charging (TC REM) ends.

1-3-25

190 (6) Cleaning section

4 1

Figure 1-3-23 1 2 3 4

Cleaning section

Drum Cleaning blade Cleaning spiral Lower cleaning seal

The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer process and the cleaning spiral that carries the residual toner back to the waste toner tank.

1-3-26

190 (7) Charge erasing section

Cleaning lamp

Figure 1-3-24

Charge erasing section

The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 10 LEDs which remove residual charge from the drum surface.

CN5-17

CL REM

CL

Drum EPCB

Figure 1-3-25

Charge erasing block diagram

1-3-27

190

At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on. Start key DM MC REM 100 ms 100 ms 1200 ms 100 ms 100 ms 150 ms DB CONT 100 ms 150 ms

GRID CONT

ESW CL 3800 ms

A
Timing chart 1-3-7 Charge erasing

A After the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on and, at the same time, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner is removed in the cleaning section. B 1200 ms after main charging (MC REM) is completed, the drive motor (DM) and cleaning lamp (CL) turn off.

1-3-28

190 (8) Fixing and eject section The fixing and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-26. When paper reaches the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heat roller, which is heated by the fixing heater (H). Pressure is applied by the fixing pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the paper. When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its separation claws and is ejected by the rotation of the upper pulley and lower eject roller.

9 0 2 1 ! @ # $ 5 3
Figure 1-3-26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Fixing unit cover Fixing unit felt Fixing unit front guide Fixing unit upper guide Heat roller Press roller Heat roller separation claws Fixing pressure spring Fixing and eject section 9 0 ! @ # $ % Upper eject pulley Lower eject roller Fixing heater (H) Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) Eject switch (ESW)

4 % 8 7 6

1-3-29

190

TH2 PSPCB PRY CN2-1 CN2-2

TH1

Heat roller FTH H

CN5-3

H REM

5 V DC CN11-1

EPCB

Figure 1-3-27

Fixing section block diagram

1-3-30

CN11-2

CN1-4

FTH

190 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature

4 3

2
Figure 1-3-28

Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature 1 2 3 4 5 Heat roller Fixing heater (H) Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) Fixing unit themistor (FTH)

The heat roller is heated by the fixing heater (H) inside it; its surface temperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by turning the fixing heater on and off. If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2 (TH1 or TH2) operates, in each case shutting the power to the fixing heater off.

1-3-31

190 Fixing temperature control

MSW: On High 1C/1.8F temperature 190C/374F Approx. Secondary 1C/1.8F stabilization fixing 165C/329F Approx. temperature 1C/1.8F Preheat 150C/302F temperature 120C/248F Primary stabilization fixing temperature H DB REM DM On Off On Off On Off Full speed Half speed Off Full speed Half speed 7s
Approx.

60 s Preheat mode

100 ms 5 15 s

100 ms

CFM1 CFM2

0 600 s 5s

C DE F

Timing chart 1-3-8

Fixing temperature control

A When the main switch (MSW) is turned on, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at half speed for 7 s and then the fixing heater (H) turns on and heats the heat roller. B When the fixing temperature reaches 120C/248F, primary stabilization starts, the developing bias (DB REM) turns on and, 100 ms later, the drive motor turns on and the control for drive stabilization starts. C When the fixing temperature reaches 165C/329F, secondary stabilization starts and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed. D When the fixing temperature reaches 190C/374F, the fixing heater is turned on and off to control the temperature. E 5 to 15 s after secondary stabilization starts, the drive motor (DM) turns off and, 100 ms later, the developing bias (DB REM) turns off and the control for drive stabilization ends. F 60 s after secondary stabilization starts, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at full speed. G 0 to 600 s after the drive motor (DM) has turned off, cooling fan motors 1 and 2 (CFM1 and CFM2) rotate at half speed. H In preheat mode, cooling fan motor 1 (CLM1) is turned off and the fixing heater (H) is turned on and off as required to keep the preheat temperature at 150C/302F.

1-3-32

190 Paper separation Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-29.

Heat roller separation claws

Heat roller

Figure 1-3-29 Paper separation

1-3-33

II ELECTRICAL SECTION

190

CONTENTS 2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1

1-1-9

190

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout

9 5 7

2 10

Machine front

Machine inside

Machine rear

Figure 2-1-1 PCBs 1. Main PCB (MPCB) .............................................. Controls the other PCBs; modulates and demodulates image signals. 2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) .............................. Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC, 12 V DC, 5 V DC and 75 V AC. 3. Engine PCB (EPCB) ........................................... Controls other PCBs and electrical components. 4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) .......... Performs main charging; generates high voltage for developing bias, transfer and separation. 5. Inverter PCB (INPCB) ......................................... Controls the exposure lamp. 6. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) ......................................... Reads the image off originals. 7. Motor PCB (MOTPCB) ........................................ Controls the drive motor and DF motor. 8. Operation unit PCB (OPCB) ............................... Consists of operation keys and display LEDs. 9. LCD ..................................................................... Displays copy modes and messages. 10.* Feeder heater PCB (FHPCB) ............................. Controls the feeder heater* on the special cassette*. * Optional.

2-1-1

190-1

16

13

12

4 15 20 2 19 17 18 1 5 21 6 7 8 9 3 14 10 11

Machine front

Machine inside

Machine rear

Figure 2-1-2 Switches and sensors

1. Main switch (MSW) ............................................. Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the right side cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the eject cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 5. Paper switch (PSW) ............................................ Detects the presence of paper in the paper drawer. 6. Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the paper drawer. 7. Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the paper drawer. 8. Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the paper drawer. 9. Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4) ............................. Detects the width of paper in the paper drawer. 10. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ........................ Detects the presence of paper on the bypass table.

2-1-2

190 11. Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW) .............. Detects the size of paper on the bypass table. 12. Original detection switch (ODSW) ...................... Operates the original size switch. 13. Original size switch (OSSW) ............................... Detects the size of the original on the contact glass. 14. Registration switch (RSW) .................................. Controls the secondary paper feed start timing. 15. Eject switch (ESW) ............................................. Detects a paper jam in the fixing section. 16. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ............ Detects the scanner at its home position. 17. Toner sensor (TNS) ............................................ Detects the density of toner in the developing section. 18. Developing unit fuse (DEVF) .............................. Blows to differentiate between old and new imaging units. 19. Developing unit thermistor (DTH) ....................... Detects the developing unit temperature. 20. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ................................ Detects the heat roller temperature. 21. Overflow switch (OFSW) ..................................... Detects when the waste toner tank is full.

2-1-3

190

2 1 5

3 8 6 7

Machine front

Machine inside

Machine rear

Figure 2-1-3 Motors and clutches 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Drives the machine. Drives the scanner. Replenishes toner. Cools the machine interior. Cools the machine interior. Primary paper feed from the paper drawer. 7. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ................ Primary paper feed from the bypass table. 8. Registration clutch (RCL) .................................... Secondary paper feed. Drive motor (DM) ................................................ Scanner motor (SM) ............................................ Toner feed motor (TFM) ...................................... Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ............................... Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ............................... Paper feed clutch (PFCL) ...................................

2-1-4

190

1 9 8

7 6 4 5

Machine front

Machine inside

Machine rear

Figure 2-1-4

Others

1. Exposure lamp (EL) ............................................ Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ............................................. Removes residual charge from the drum surface. 3. Fixing heater (H) ................................................. Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing section. 5. Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing section. 6. Power relay (PRY) .............................................. Turns the power supply to the fixing heater off. 7. Laser scanner unit (LSU) Polygon motor (PM) .......................................... Drives the polygon mirror. Laser diode (LD) ............................................... Generates the laser beam. 8. Speaker (SP) ...................................................... Sounds alarms. 9.* ISU heater (ISUH) ............................................... Dehumidifies the optical section. * Optional.

2-1-5

190

CONTENTS 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-1 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2

1-1-11

190

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection

When a paper jam occurs, the copier immediately stops copying and displays a message and graphic indicating the jam location on the operation panel. To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, right side cover or eject cover as necessary. To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close each cover to turn the safety switch off and on.
5 1 4 3 2 6 7 8

Paper Misfeed. Remove Cassette.

1 2 3 4

Drawer section Paper feed and conveying section Bypass paper feed section Eject section

5 6 7 8

Sheet-through DF* Upper special cassette* Middle special cassette* Lower special cassette* * Optional.

Figure 2-2-1

Paper misfeed location indication

ODSW

ESW

RCL RSW PFCL BYPPFCL

Figure 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection

2-2-1

190

2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions

Either the registration switch (RSW) or eject switch (ESW) is on when the main switch is turned on. The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the paper feed clutch (PFCL) turns on.
Off PFCL On RSW 2000 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-1

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on.
Off BYPPFCL On 2000 ms Off On

RSW

Timing chart 2-2-2

The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 3700 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on.
Off RCL On 3700 ms Off On

ESW

Timing chart 2-2-3

2-2-2

190 The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 3700 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns off.
Off RSW 3700 ms On Off On

ESW

Timing chart 2-2-4

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within the specified time [depending on the paper size (see Table 2-2-1)] after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on.
Off RCL On Specified time Off On

RSW

Timing chart 2-2-5

Table 2-2-1 Paper size/source A3 B4 A4R B5R A5R A4 B5 11" 17" 81/2" 14" 81/2" 11"R 11" 81/2" Bypass table Time (ms) 5735 5020 4160 3640 3045 3045 2685 5880 4910 3935 3120 5880

2-2-3

190

CONTENTS 2-3 Operation of the PCBs

2-3-1 2-3-2 2-3-3 2-3-4 2-3-5 Power source PCB .............................................................................. Main PCB ............................................................................................ Engine PCB ........................................................................................ Motor PCB .......................................................................................... Operation unit PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-1 2-3-3 2-3-4 2-3-6 2-3-7

1-1-13

190

2-3-1 Power source PCB

PSPCB Rectifier circuit T1 D1 C7 Q1 B Q3 75 V AC output circuit IC9, 10 75 V AC T2 A IC7 15 V DC

Noise filter circuit L1

Switching control circuit IC1

24 V DC switching control circuit IC6 PC3 D9 C18 12 V DC output circuit IC2 +12 V DC output circuit IC3

75 V AC

12 V DC GND +12 V DC GND 5 V DC GND 5 V DC 2 24 V DC 2 24 V DC 3

D11 C20

Fixing heater control circuit

5 V DC output circuit IC4

TR1 RY1 D17 C28, C29 24 V DC output circuit IC5 A

24 V DC IN 24 V DC GND B PC1 PC2 H REM

H AC supply PRY

Figure 2-3-1

Power source PCB block diagram

2-3-1

190 The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator that generates 5 V DC, 12 V DC, 24 V DC and 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz) from the AC supply. It consists of the noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuits, 12 V DC output circuit, +12 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC switching control circuit, 75 V AC output circuit and fixing heater control circuit as shown in Figure 2-3-1. The noise filter circuit consists of choke coil L1 and capacitors. It reduces external noise from the AC input and prevents switching noise generated in the power source PCB from leaking out through the AC input line. In the rectifier circuit, the filtered AC input is full-wave-rectified by diode bridge D1 and the pulse current is smoothed by condenser C7. In the switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC1) turns the electric current flowing into the primary side of transformer T1 on and off by switching FET Q1. In the 12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T1 is rectified by diode D9 and smoothed by condenser C18 and is output as stable 12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC2). In the +12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T1 is rectified by diode D11 and smoothed by condenser C20 and is output as stable +12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC3). In the 24 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T1 is rectified by diode D17 and smoothed by condensers C28 and C29 and is output as stable 24 V DC by the regulator IC (IC5). Feedback of the 24 V DC output status is provided to the switching control IC (IC1) on the switching control circuit via photocoupler PC1 and the switching control IC (IC1) modifies the switching waveform to adjust the 24 V DC output. In the 5 V DC output circuit, regulator IC4 derives stable 5 V DC from the 24 V DC supply from the 24 V DC output circuit. In the 24 V DC switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC6) switches FET Q3 to turn the 24 V DC supply from the 24 V DC output circuit across the primary side of transformer T2 on and off. In the 75 V AC output circuit, the op-amps IC9 and IC10 generate 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz) from the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2. Feedback of the 75 V AC output status is provided to the switching control IC (IC6) on the 24 V DC switching control circuit via photocoupler PC3. The switching control IC (IC6) modifies the switching waveform of FET Q3 to adjust the 75 V DC output. The three-terminal regulator IC (IC7) converts the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2 into stable 15 V DC, which powers op-amps IC9 and IC10. The fixing heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater on signal (H REM) from the engine PCB. When the signal goes low, photo triac PC2 turns on and triac TR1 conducts. The AC supply then flows through it and the fixing heater (H) turns on.

2-3-2

190-1

2-3-2 Main PCB

Backup battery

Operation unit PCB

SIO To CPU CG ROM IC3

Backup circuit 2

Lithium battery

Backup circuit 1

Flash SRAM RTC memory IC5 IC6 IC4

CPU IC1

DRAM work and image memory IC7 16 bits 16 bits (AD bus) BUF 16 bits 16-bits DRAM bus

Interface connector

8 bits BUF SIO

16 bits

16 bits System bus (DB bus) FIFO

8 bits

4 bits

Memory board (option) for image memory

To CPU 8 bits

16 bits

16 bits 16 bits

ASIC FIP IC17

Highspeed SRAM IC22, 23

ASIC CODEC ASIC RC/SC IC13 CPD IC16 IC2

FIFO Engine PCB 8 bits Scan data input FIFO 1 bit Print data output FIFO ASIC VC IC26 SRAM IC33 FIFO 16-bit image bus

DRAM bitmap memory IC14, 15

Memory board (option) for bitmap memory

Figure 2-3-2 Main PCB block diagram The main PCB (MPCB) consists of CPU IC1, work and image memory IC7, RTC IC6, SRAM IC5, flash memory IC4, CGROM IC3, ASIC FIP IC17, ASIC VC IC26, SRAM IC33, highspeed SRAMs IC22 and IC23, ASIC RC/SC IC16, CODEC IC13, ASIC CPD IC2 and DRAMs IC14 and IC15. It mainly processes image data to and from the engine PCB and optional memory board.

2-3-3

190

2-3-3 Engine PCB

FTH DTH SM HVT PCB D/A converter IC21 Abnormally high temperature detection circuit DM H TM EL CFM1 CFM2 PFCL BYPPFCL RCL CL, etc. Driver Driver XIO IC17 CPU IC34

Reset circuit IC36

RESET AGC IC8 IC24 Analog circuit

Address bus Data bus EEPROM IC38

CCD PCB

SHD IC35

FIFO FIFO

MPCB

VTC IC40 Driver LSU

Switches, sensors

Figure 2-3-3

Engine PCB block diagram

The engine PCB (EPCB) controls the machine drive system and the inputting and printing of image data and serves as the communication and video interface with the main PCB (MPCB). CPU IC34 is an 8-bit single-chip microcomputer. It controls AGC IC8 and IC24, SHD IC35, VTC IC40, XIO IC17, the address bus and the data bus based on the program in the builtin ROM and RAM and external EEPROM IC38. It also controls mechanical drives such as the drive motor (DM) and scanner motor (SM) via ports on CPU IC34 and XIO IC17. CPU IC34 controls the charging, developing and fixing systems with the external D/A converter IC28 and its built-in A/D converter. The abnormally high temperature detection circuit forces the fixing heater (H) off after judging an abnormally high temperature from the temperature data detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH).

2-3-4

190 SHD IC35 and VTC IC40 control the inputting and printing of image data. SHD IC35 generates the CCD drive signal and corrects non-linearity of the CCD output (image data from the CCDPCB) and VTC IC40 controls printing by outputting the binary image data from the main PCB (MPCB) to the laser scanner unit (LSU). The engine PCB controls command status serial communication between the main PCB (MPCB). Engine control is based on the print and scan requests from the main PCB (MPCB). The video interface inputs and outputs image data. The main PCB processes the main image and the engine PCB (EPCB) inputs and outputs image data to and from the main PCB via SHD IC35 and VTC IC40.

2-3-5

190

2-3-4 Motor PCB

24 V DC MOTSEL TR1 24 V DC A _A SM B _B 24 V DC A _A DFM B _B

IC2

TR2

MOT A MOT _A MOT B MOT _B SMREF

Stepping motor driver IC3

Figure 2-3-4

Motor PCB block diagram

The motor PCB consists of the stepping motor driver IC (IC3) and 24 V DC supply circuit with transistors TR1 and TR2. It controls the drives of the scanner motor (SM) and DF motor (DFM) according to the control signal from the main PCB. When the control signal (MOTSEL) from the main PCB is low, transistor TR1 is turned on and 24 V DC is supplied to the scanner motor (SM). When the signal is high, transistor TR2 is turned on via inverting IC (IC2) and 24 V DC is supplied to the DF motor. The coils of the motor that has a 24 V DC supply are energized by control signals MOT A, MOT _A, MOT B and MOT _B and the motor rotates. The signals are output to the coils via the stepping motor driver IC (IC3).

2-3-6

190

2-3-5 Operation unit PCB

Source signals Scan signals CPU IC1 Main PCB Reset circuit IC2 RESET signal Scan signals Return signals Address bus Data bus ROM IC3 SRAM IC6 LCD controller IC4 LCD Key switch matrix circuit

LED matrix circuit

Negative supply generation circuit IC5

Figure 2-3-5

Operation unit PCB block diagram

The operation unit PCB consists of CPU IC1, ROM IC3, LCD controller IC4, SRAM IC6, the LED matrix circuit, the key switch matrix circuit, the reset circuit and the negative supply generation circuit. CPU IC1 controls the entire operation unit PCB based on the program stored in ROM IC3. LCD controller IC4 controls the LCD display based on the display data expanded at SRAM IC6. The LED matrix circuit contains LEDs arranged in a matrix. LEDs light when they are on the crossing points of the lines of the scan signal from CPU IC1 and the source signal. The key switch matrix circuit has key switches arranged in a matrix on it. The scan signal from CPU IC1 scans the key switches. When a switch is pressed, it is identified by tracking the crossing point of the scan signal output and the return signal to CPU IC1. The reset circuit prevents malfunctioning of CPU IC1 by outputting a RESET signal to CPU IC1 when the power is applied or it is low. The RESET signal is also output to LCD controller IC4 to conduct initialization. Negative supply generation circuit generates the negative power supply for the LCD display by switching the 24 V DC supply with the timer IC (IC5).

2-3-7

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

190

CONTENTS 3-1 Installation

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1 (1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1 (2) Installation procedure ................................................................. 3-1-2 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-13 3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ...................................................... 3-1-14

1-1-15

190

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation

(1) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 35C/50 95F 2. Humidity: 15 85% RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 8.3 A 220 240 V AC, 2.3 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz 0.3%/60 Hz 0.3% 5. Installation location Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams. Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes, and hot or cold air directly hitting the machine. Avoid dust and vibration. Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine. Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowable inclination: 1). Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic and alkaline vapors, inorganic gases, NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents. Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine. Machine front: 500 mm/19 11/16" Machine rear: 150 mm/5 7/8" Machine right: 500 mm/19 11/16" Machine left: 500 mm/19 11/16"
e f a b

g d c

a: 752 mm/2 9 5/8" b: 550 mm/2 1 5/8"

c: 835 mm/3 2 7/8" d: 510 mm/20 1/16"

e: 970 mm/3 8 3/16" f: 570 mm/2 2 7/16"

g: 1258 mm/4 9 1/2"

Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions

3-1-1

190 (2) Installation procedure

Start

Unpack.

Remove the pins.

Remove the tapes. Remove the drawer spacers.

Remove the fixing unit spacers.

Install the imaging unit.

Install the fixing unit felt.

Connect the power plug.

Initialize the imaging unit.

Install a toner cartridge.

Clean the main charger.

Make test copies.

Completion of machine installation.

3-1-2

190
Fixing unit felt Pin holding the scanner

Fixing unit spacers

Pin holding the mirror frame

Drawer spacers

Figure3-1-2

3-1-3

190 Unpack.

# ! 2 $ 3 1 4* 6 & ^ % ( 5 7 8 9
Figure 3-1-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # Front top pads Rear top pads Copier Machine cover Operation unit spacer Bottom machine cover Bottom pads Skid Case base Bottom plate Outer case Inner frame Bar code label Unpacking $ % ^ & * ( ) Hinge joints Imaging unit Top spacer Accessory case Power cord Partition Plastic bag Business reply mail (120 V specifications only) Warranty (120 V specifications only) Instruction Handbook Original holder spacers

0 )

3-1-4

190 Imaging unit

3 4

5 6

7 8
Figure 3-1-4 Unpacking the imaging unit 1 2 3 4 Leaflet Fixing unit felt Upper pads Light-proof sheet 5 6 7 8 9 Imaging unit Bottom pads Bar code label Case Plastic bag

3-1-5

190 Remove the pins. 1. Remove the tapes and the two pins holding the scanner and the pin holding the mirror frame on the left cover.
Pin holding the mirror frame

Pins holding the scanner

Figure 3-1-5

Remove the tapes. 1. Remove the two tapes holding the front and right covers. 2. Open the original holder and remove the paper on the contact glass.

Tapes

Figure 3-1-6

3-1-6

190 Remove the drawer spacers. 1. Open the drawer and remove the tape holding the width guide. 2. Remove the tapes and the two drawer spacers.

Drawer spacers

Tape

Drawer

Width guide

Figure 3-1-7 3. Close the drawer.

Remove the fixing unit spacers. 1. Open the right side cover. Remove the tapes and the two fixing unit spacers.

Tapes

Fixing unit spacer

Fixing unit spacer

Figure 3-1-8

3-1-7

190 Install the imaging unit. 1. Take the imaging unit out of the package and remove the light-proof sheet.
Imaging unit

Light-proof sheet

Tapes

Figure 3-1-9 2. Open the front cover. 3. Turn the imaging unit release lever to the right. The right side cover opens slightly when the release lever is turned to the right. 4. Open the right side cover.
Right side cover

Imaging unit release lever

Figure 3-1-10

3-1-8

190 5. Hold the imaging unit handle and upper handle and insert the imaging unit into the copier, aligning it with the guide rail.

Imaging unit

Figure 3-1-11 6. Lock the imaging unit by turning the imaging unit release lever to the left. 7. Hold the seal grip and pull the seal out.

Seal grip

Figure 3-1-12 8. Close the right side and front covers.

3-1-9

190 Install the fixing unit felt. 1. Open the eject cover. 2. Install the fixing unit felt packed with the imaging unit to the fixing section.

Fixing unit felt

Figure 3-1-13 3. Close the eject cover.

Connect the power plug. 1. Connect the power code to the inlet. 2. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.
Inlet

Power cord

Figure 3-1-14

3-1-10

190 Initialize the imaging unit. Caution: Do not insert the toner cartridge before initialization of the imaging unit completes. 1. Turn the main switch on. Aging starts and, after two minutes, the IU Initialized. Set Toner Cartridge. message is displayed.

Main switch

Figure 3-1-15

Install the toner cartridge. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Agitate the toner by shaking the toner cartridge back and forth and side to side 4 or 5 times.

Figure 3-1-16

3-1-11

190 3. Insert the toner cartridge completely, aligning it with the guide rail.

Figure 3-1-17 Clean the main charger. 1. Hold the main charger cleaning knob and pull and push it back and forth 2 or 3 times. Push the knob back in completely.

Figure 3-1-18 2. Close the front cover. 3. Press the enter key when the IU Initialized. Set Toner Cartridge. message is displayed. The display returns to the initial display, enabling printing. Make test copies. 1. Load paper in a drawer and make test copies. Completion of machine installation.

3-1-12

190

3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes

Factory settings are as follows: Function No. 370 371 372 373 374 378 Contents Switching between double and single counts Setting auto start Setting auto clear time Setting auto preheat time Setting auto shutoff time Setting operation under the toner empty condition Factory setting Double counts Auto start on 60 s 15 min. 30 min. Single copies

3-1-13

190

3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option)

ISU heater installation requires the following parts: ISU heater (P/N 35968060) Two cable holders (P/N M2105410) Procedure 1. Remove the contact glass. 2. Keep the scanner and mirror frame at the machine right. 3. Peel the backing off the ISU heater and attach the heater at the machine left as shown in the diagram. 4. Connect the 2-pin plug on the ISU heater to the 2-pin connector at the machine rear. 5. Attach the two cable holders to positions where they do not make contact with the mirror frame. 6. Fix the cables on the ISU heater with the two cable holders. 7. Refit the removed parts.

2-pin connector

2-pin plug ISU heater

Cable holders

Figure 3-1-19 8. Enter the maintenance mode. 9. Select function No. 374. 10. Set the value to 0 to cancel the auto shutoff function. If the function is used, the ISU heater turns off when the copier enters the auto shutoff mode. 11. Exit the maintenance mode.

3-1-14

190

CONTENTS 3-2 Maintenance Mode

3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. (1) Running a test mode ................................................................... (2) Maintenance mode items list ...................................................... (3) Contents of maintenance functions ............................................ 3-2-1 3-2-1 3-2-2 3-2-5

1-1-17

190

3-2-1 Maintenance mode

The copier is equipped with maintenance mode for service and repair of the machine. (1) Executing a maintenance function

Start

Enter 10871087.

. . . . . . . . . Entering maintenance mode

Enter the function No. to be executed . . . . . . . . . Selecting a maintenance function with the numeric keys.

Press the start key.

The maintenance function is run.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Yes

Run another maintenance function?

No Enter 001 with the numeric keys and . . . . . . . . . Exiting maintenance mode press the start key.

End

3-2-1

190 (2) Maintenance function list Function No. 000 001 002 010 011 013 014 016 017 021 022 023 026 027 028 030 High voltage 040 041 042 Developing 051 053 065 Fixing Optical 074 078 081 082 083 099 101 104

Section List output Completion Drive, paper feed and conveying

Function name Outputting the own-status report Exiting maintenance mode Moving the scanner to the DF scanning position Checking drive motor operation Checking the switches in the copier Checking clutch operation 1 Checking clutch operation 2 Setting the folio width Setting the folio length Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 2 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 3 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 4 Checking the switches on drawer 2 Checking the switches on drawer 3 Checking the switches on drawer 4 Checking the operation of the cassette drive motor Setting the grid control voltage Setting the developing bias control voltage Adjusting the surface potential when copying postcards (effective only with 100 V specifications) Adjusting the toner control voltage Displaying toner data Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection Adjusting the fixing control temperature Resetting the fixing problem detection Adjusting the ISU gain Adjusting the LSU printing start position in the main scanning direction Adjusting the LSU printing end position in the main scanning direction Adjusting home position with the DF Adjusting the shading position Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the original on the contact glass

3-2-2

190 Function No. 105 106 107 108 Timing adjustment 110 111 112 115 116 117 120 121 122 123 124 126 127 Operation unit and options 331 332 336 337 Test pattern print Counts 340 344 350 353 354 355 356 363

Section Optical (cont.)

Function name Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the original fed from the DF Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the original on the contact glass Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the original fed from the DF Adjusting detection of the original width Adjusting the start position of image printing Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glass Adjusting the scanning start position of the original fed from the DF Adjusting the end position of image printing Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glass Adjusting the scanning end position of the original fed from the DF Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4 Adjusting the centerline of the bypass Adjusting the centerline of the original on the contact glass Adjusting the DF original centerline Testing the keys Lighting all the indicators and display on the operation panel Setting the presence of the DF Checking the operation of the DF motor Outputting test patterns Outputting VTC patterns Setting the copy count for waste toner tank replacement Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tank overflow detection Checking and clearing the DF original count Checking and clearing the scan count Checking and clearing the printer count Checking and clearing the IU developing count

3-2-3

190 Function No. 364 365 367 368 Mode settings 370 371 372 373 374 378 Backup Copying Initialization 390 391 400 415 601 602 603 604 User data List output 625 760 761 762 763

Section Counts (cont.)

Function name Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count Entering the service telephone No. Displaying the ROM version Displaying the engine ROM version Switching between double and single counts Setting auto start Setting auto clear time Setting auto preheat time Setting auto shutoff time Setting operation under the toner empty condition Initializing memory 1 Initializing memory 2 Test copy mode Setting the copy density level Initializing all data Initializing permanent data Setting factory defaults Initializing the main PCB (MFP) Selecting the language group Outputting the setting list Outputting the action list Outputting the monitor list Outputting the own-status repor

3-2-4

190-1 (3) Contents of maintenance functions Function No. 000

Description Outputting the own-status report Description Outputs the list of settings in maintenance mode. Purpose Used before replacing the main PCB. Method Press the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as in the figure below is output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference values.
P001 Self Status Report 000 001 002 010 011 013 014 016 017 021 022 023 026 027 028 030 040 041 042 051 053 065 074 078 081 082 083 099 101 104 105 106 107 108 110 111 112 115 116 117 SELF STATUS RPT EXIT SCANNER SET MAIN MOTOR DRIVE MAIN SW TEST CLUTCH TEST SOLENOID TEST FOLIO SIZE (WIDTH) FOLIO SIZE (LENGTH) BENDING AMOUNT (2) BENDING AMOUNT (3) BENDING AMOUNT (4) CASSETTE 2 SW TEST CASSETTE 3 SW TEST CASSETTE 4 SW TEST OP CAS. MOTOR DRIVE GRID BIAS DB BIAS GRID BIAS (CARD) TONER DATA TONER CONTROL CLEAR TANK OVF. HEATER TMP SET CLEAR C60 ISU GAIN LSU START LSU END ADF HOME POSITION SHADING POSITION TBL MAIN SCANNING ADF MAIN SCANNING TBL SUB SCANNING ADF SUB SCANNING DOC PAPER TOP TBL DOC TOP ADF DOC TOP PAPER REAR TBL DOC REAR ADF DOC REAR 120 121 122 123 124 126 127 331 332 336 337 340 344 350 353 354 355 356 363 364 365 367 368 370 371 372 373 374 378 390 391 400 415 601 602 603 604 625 760 763 PAPER CENTER (1) : PAPER CENTER (2) : PAPER CENTER (3) : PAPER CENTER (4) : BYPASS CENTER : TBL DOC CENTER : ADF DOC CENTER : KEY TEST LED&LCD TEST ADF OPTION : OFF ADF MOTOR DRIVE PRINT TEST 1 PRINT VTC TANK REPLACEMENT : RECOVERY TANK OVF : ADF COUNTER : SCANNER COUNTER : PRINT COUNTER : IU COUNTER SET : RECOVERY TANK CNT. : REG. SERVICE TEL No. ROM VERSION : ENGINE ROM VERSION : DOUBLE/SINGLE CNT : COPY AUTO START : AUTO CLEAR TIMER : AUTO PREHEAT : AUTO SHUT OFF : T. E ACTION : INITIALIZE M => E INITIALIZE E => M COPY DENSITY LEVEL : INI. ALL DATA INI. KEEP DATA INI. SHIP DATA INI. MFP DATA LANGUAGE SELECTION : SETTING LIST SELF STATUS RPT 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

: : : : :

210 mm 330 mm 30 30 30

: : : :

233 205 222 54

60 60 000000 000000 000000 000187 000000 1. 08 1. 02 SINGLE ON 2 3 6 STOP

: 163

: : : : : : : : : : : :

4 6 30 30 30 30 10 10 20 10 10 20

184

Figure 3-2-1 (a) Own-status report

3-2-5

190-1 Function No. 001 Exiting maintenance mode Description Exits maintenance mode and returns to normal mode. Purpose Used when ending maintenance mode. Method Press the start key. The copier returns to normal mode.

Description

3-2-6 3-2-5-1

190-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-7

190 Function No. 002

Description Moving the scanner to the DF scanning position Description Moves the scanner and the mirror frame to the DF scanning positions. Purpose Used when the scanner and mirror frames are to be fastened with pins before moving the machine. Method 1. Press the start key. The scanner and mirror frame move to the DF scanning positions and the display shows the message requesting the power to be turned off. 2. Turn the main switch off.

010

Checking drive motor operation Description Operates the drive motor. Purpose To check the operation of the drive system and paper conveying system. Method Press the start key. The drive motor is turned on. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The drive motor stops and the current function is exited.

011

Checking the switches in the copier Description Displays the statuses of individual switches in the copier. Purpose To check the operation of the switches in the copier. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The status of the selected switch is displayed. Display (switch name) FRONT (safety switch 1) SIDE (safety switch 2) EJ.OP (safety switch 3) On, off On, off On, off Status

3-2-6

190 Function No. 011 (cont.)

Description Display (switch name) B.SIZE (bypass paper size switch) Status 5: A3/11" 1: B4 3: A4/81/2" 7: B5 6: A5/51/2" 2: B6 0: A6 (all widthwise) On, off B: A3/11" 17" 5: B4/81/2" 14" 2: folio 1: A4R/81/2" 11"R 4: B5R E: A4/81/2" 11" 6: A5R/51/2" 81/2" 7: B5 On, off On, off On, off On, off On, off 0: none 1: type A 2: type B 3: type D 4: type C 5: type E 6: type F 7: type G On, off On, off

P.E (paper switch) SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4)

BYPASS P.E (bypass paper switch) RESIST (registration switch) EJECT (eject switch) TBL.V (original size switch) H.P (scanner home position switch) IU TYPE [imaging unit specification check (DEV A, DEV B, DEV C)]

IU (developing unit fuse) OVF (overflow switch)

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-7

190 Function No. 013 Checking clutch operation 1 Description Turns individual clutches on and off. Purpose To check clutch operation. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch being turned on changes from 0 to 1. Clutch Registration clutch Cassette feed clutch 3 (lower special cassette)* Cassette feed clutch 2 (middle special cassette)* Cassette feed clutch 1 (upper special cassette)* * Optional. Key 0 1 2 3 Bit display 0000 0001 0000 0010 0000 0100 0000 1000

Description

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-8

190 Function No. 014 Checking clutch operation 2 Description Turns individual clutches on and off. Purpose To check clutch operation. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch being turned on changes from 0 to 1. Clutch Paper feed clutch Cassette paper feed clutch 3 (lower special cassette)* Cassette paper feed clutch 2 (middle special cassette)* Cassette paper feed clutch 1 (upper special cassette)* Bypass paper feed clutch * Optional. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited. Key 0 1 2 3 4 Bit display 0000 0001 0000 0010 0000 0100 0000 1000 0001 0000

Description

3-2-9

190-1 Function No. 016 Setting the folio width Description Changes the image area by setting the width of the folio paper used. Purpose To be set according to the width of the paper; when the setting is shorter than the actual paper used, the right and left sides of the image are not printed. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Folio width Setting range 200 220 mm

Description

Initial value 210 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 017 Setting the folio length Description Changes the image area by setting the length of the folio paper used. Purpose To be set according to the length of the paper; when the setting is shorter than the actual paper used, the trailing edge of the image is not printed. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Folio length Setting range 330 356 mm

Initial value 330 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-10

190-1 Function No. 021

Description Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 2 Description Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 2 (upper special cassette, optional) is used. Purpose Used when paper from the upper special cassette is missing part of the image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is Z-folded. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Amount of slack in paper of the upper special cassette Setting range 0 60

Initial value
30

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 022 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 3 Description Adjusts the amount of slack in paper when drawer 3 (middle special cassette, optional) is used. Purpose Used when paper from the middle special cassette is missing part of the image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is Z-folded. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Amount of slack in paper of the middle special cassette Setting range 0 60

Initial value
30

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-11

190-1 Function No. 023

Description Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 4 Description Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 4 (lower special cassette, optional) is used. Purpose Used when paper from the lower special cassette is missing part of the image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is Z-folded. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Amount of slack in paper of the lower special cassette Setting range 0 60

Initial value
30

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-12

190 Function No. 026

Description Checking the switches on drawer 2 Description Displays the status of the switches on drawer 2 (upper special cassette, optional). Purpose To check the operation of the switches in the upper special cassette (optional). Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The status of the selected switch is displayed. Display (switch name) SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4) Status B: A3/11" 17" 5: B4/81/2" 14" 2: folio 1: A4R/81/2" 11"R 4: B5R E: A4/81/2" 11" 6: A5R/51/2" 81/2" 7: B5 On, off On, off On, off On, off

P.E (paper switch) TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) COVER (cassette safety switch) DESK (special cassette presence/absence detection signal)

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-13

190 Function No. 027

Description Checking the switches on drawer 3 Description Displays the status of the switches on drawer 3 (middle special cassette, optional). Purpose To check the operation of the switches in the middle special cassette (optional). Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The status of the selected switch is displayed. Display (switch name) SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4) Status B: A3/11" 17" 5: B4/81/2" 14" 2: folio 1: A4R/81/2" 11"R 4: B5R E: A4/81/2" 11" 6: A5R/51/2" 81/2" 7: B5 On, off On, off On, off On, off

P.E (paper switch) TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) COVER (cassette safety switch) DESK (special cassette presence/absence detection signal)

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-14

190 Function No. 028

Description Checking the switches on drawer 4 Description Displays the status of the switches on drawer 4 (lower special cassette, optional). Purpose To check the operation of the switches in the lower special cassette (optional). Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The status of the selected switch is displayed. Display (switch name) SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4) Status B: A3/11" 17" 5: B4/81/2" 14" 2: folio 1: A4R/81/2" 11"R 4: B5R E: A4/81/2" 11" 6: A5R/51/2" 81/2" 7: B5 On, off On, off On, off On, off

P.E (paper switch) TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) COVER (cassette safety switch) DESK (special cassette presence/absence detection signal)

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-15

190-1 Function No. 030

Description Checking the operation of the cassette drive motor Description With the special cassette (optional) attached, turns the cassette drive motor and paper feed clutch on. Purpose To check the drive system of the special cassette. Method Press the start key. The cassette drive motor is turned on. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The cassette drive motor turns off and the current function is exited.

040

Setting the grid control voltage Description Sets the grid control voltage. Purpose Used when the drum has been replaced. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Grid control voltage Setting range 0 255

Initial value 245

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-16

190-1 Function No. 041

Description Setting the developing bias control voltage Description Sets the developing bias control voltage. Purpose Used when image contrast is incorrect. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Developing bias control voltage Setting range 0 255

Initial value 205

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 042 Adjusting the surface potential when copying postcards (effective only with 100 V specifications) Description Sets the drum surface potential when postcards are fed from the bypass table. The grid control voltage does not change when this setting is changed. Purpose Used when images are entirely light or a background appears on the copy image of postcards. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Grid control voltage Setting range 0 255

Initial value 222

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-17

190-1 Function No. 051

Description Adjusting the toner control voltage Description Changes the toner control voltage which has been set automatically after replacement (initialization) of the imaging unit. Purpose Used to reset data after the main PCB is replaced or function No. 601 is executed. Change the data when a background appears on the copy image. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.

Set to the value for 051 in the own-status report output by running function No. 000.
Description Toner control voltage Setting range 0 255

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 053 Displaying toner data Description Displays the toner data in real time. Purpose Check the displayed data when a background appears on the copy image. Method Press the start key. The following items are shown.
CTRL:XXX SENS:XXX

TMP:XXX

CTRL: toner control voltage (V) SENS: toner sensor output voltage (V) TMP: machine inside temperature (C)

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-18

190-1 Function No. 065

Description Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection Description Resets the waste toner tank overflow detection which is stored by the main PCB. Purpose Used after the waste toner tank is replaced. Method Press the start key. After resetting, COMPLETED is displayed. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

074

Adjusting the fixing control temperature Description Sets the fixing control temperature. Purpose Used when a fixing problem occurs. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Fixing control temperature Setting range 124 203 (140 200C)

Initial value 163

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-19

190-1 Function No. 078

Description Resetting the fixing problem detection Description Resets service call code C60 (fixing problem). Purpose Used after the cause of the fixing problem is eliminated. Method Press the start key. After resetting, COMPLETED is displayed. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

081

Adjusting the ISU gain Description Displays the ISU gain data in real time. Purpose Do not turn VR1 and VR2 on the engine PCB when running this maintenance item; otherwise the entire image appears too light or dark. Method Press the start key. The scanner moves to the shading position, the exposure lamp lights, and AGC processing starts. During AGC processing, ISU gain data are displayed at intervals of 200 ms. The displayed data changes as follows when VR1 and VR2 are turned.

ODD: odd resister data (VR1) EVEN: even register data (VR2) Turning VR1 and VR2 clockwise makes the entire image darker (the gain data larger); turning them counterclockwise makes it lighter (the gain data smaller).
Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The AGC processing stops and the current function is exited. 082 Adjusting the LSU printing start position in the main scanning direction Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-24. 083 Adjusting the LSU printing end position in the main scanning direction Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-24.

3-2-20

190-1 Function No. 099

Description Adjusting home position with the DF Description Adjusts the scanner home position when the sheet-through DF (optional) is used. Purpose Do not change the setting; otherwise, the light from the exposure lamp is blocked and image problems, including black lines appearing on the image, may occur. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Home position Setting range 08

Initial value
4

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 101 Adjusting the shading position Description Adjusts the scanner stop position in shading. Purpose Do not change the setting; otherwise, image problems, including black lines appearing on the image, may occur. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Shading position Setting range 0 10

Initial value
5

Change in value per step 1 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-21

190-1 Function No. 104

Description Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the original on the contact glass Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-23.

105

Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the original fed from the DF Description Adjusts the magnification in the main scanning direction when the sheetthrough DF (optional) is used. Purpose Used when the magnification in the main scanning direction is incorrect with the sheet-through DF. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Magnification in the main scanning direction with the DF Setting range 0 60

Initial value
30

Change in value per step 0.1%

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 106 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the original on the contact glass Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-23.

3-2-22

190-1 Function No. 107

Description Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the original fed from the DF Description Adjusts the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction when the sheet-through DF (optional) is used. Purpose Used when the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is incorrect with the sheet-through DF. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Magnification in auxiliary scanning direction with the DF Setting range 0 60

Initial value
30

Change in value per step 0.1%

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-23

190-1 Function No. 108

Description Adjusting detection of the original width Description Sets the criteria to be used in detecting each original width. Purpose Used when an original width is not detected correctly. Method Press the start key. Setting 1. Select an original width using the cursor down key and press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Display A5R > B5R B5R > A4R A4R > B5 B5 > A4 STATE > LETTER LETTER > LEDGER Original width A5 lengthwise, B5 lengthwise B5 lengthwise, A4 lengthwise A4 lengthwise, B5 widthwise B5 widthwise, A4 widthwise 51/2" 81/2", 81/2" 11" 81/2" 11", 11" 81/2"

E.g.: In A5R > B5R, the judging criterion of distinguishing the A5 lengthwise from the B5 lengthwise is set. For the following original sizes, data for those with the same original width are applied. Folio: same as A4 lengthwise B4: same as B5 widthwise A3: same as A4 widthwise 81/2" 14": same as 81/2" 11" 11" 17": same as 11" 81/2" 2. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Width judging criteria Setting range 0 14

Initial value
7

Change in value per step 1 mm

3. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-24

190-1 Function No. 110

Description Adjusting the start position of image printing Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-7.

111

Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glass Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-21.

112

Adjusting the scanning start position of the original fed from the DF Description Adjusts the start position of original scanning when the sheet-through DF (optional) is used. Purpose Used if the leading edge of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when the sheet-through DF is used. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description DF original scanning start position Setting range 0 40

Initial value
20

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 115 Adjusting the end position of image printing Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-8. 116 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glass Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-22.

3-2-25

190-1 Function No. 117

Description Adjusting the scanning end position of the original fed from the DF Description Adjusts the end position of original scanning when the sheet-through DF (optional) is used. Purpose Used if the trailing edge of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when the sheet-through DF is used. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description DF original scanning end position Setting range 0 40

Initial value
20

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 120 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1 Adjustment Refer to page 3-3-6. 121 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2 Description Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the upper special cassette (optional). Purpose Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when paper is fed from the upper special cassette. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Centerline of the upper special cassette Setting range 0 20

Initial value
10

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-26

190-1 Function No. 122

Description Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3 Description Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the middle special cassette (optional). Purpose Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when paper is fed from the middle special cassette. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Centerline of the middle special cassette Setting range 0 20

Initial value
10

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 123 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4 Description Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the lower special cassette (optional). Purpose Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when paper is fed from the lower special cassette. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Centerline of the lower special cassette Setting range 0 20

Initial value
10

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-27

190-1 Function No. 124

Description Adjusting the centerline of the bypass Method Refer to page 3-3-6.

126

Adjusting the centerline of the original on the contact glass Method Refer to page 3-3-20.

127

Adjusting the DF original centerline Description Adjusts the original scanning centerline when the sheet-through DF (optional) is used. Purpose Used if the center of the original does not agree with that of the copy image when the sheet-through DF is used. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description DF centerline Setting range 0 20

Initial value
10

Change in value per step 0.5 mm

2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 331 Testing the keys Description Types out the keys on the operation panel in the specified order. Purpose To check the key function after replacing the operation unit. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Press the keys on the operation panel in the order shown on the next page to check key function. If the keys are entered correctly, the corresponding indicators light up. If the keys are not entered correctly, the correct key names will be displayed. 3. After all the keys are entered, OK is displayed.

3-2-28

190 Function No. 331 (cont.) Order of pressing the keys Note It is not necessary to press the on-line key if the destination is set to OEM4. Order of pressing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Key Function key On-line key Preset R/E key Zoom-down key Zoom-up key Manual key Original select key Paper size select key Sort copy key Numeric key 1 Numeric key 2 Numeric key 3 Numeric key 4 Numeric key 5 Numeric key 6 Numeric key 7 Numeric key 8 Numeric key 9 Numeric key Numeric key 0 Numeric key # Half tone key Copy exposure adjustment key (darker) Copy exposure adjustment key (lighter) Stop/clear key Start key All clear/reset key Display Indicator

Description

FUNCTION ONLINE On-line PRESET 50% 200% AUTO ORIGINAL PAPER SORT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 # RESOLUTION Half tone DARK Copy exposure adjustment indicators LIGHT Copy exposure adjustment indicators STOP START RESET

3-2-29

190-1 Function No. 332

Description Lighting all the indicators and display on the operation panel Description Lights the indicators and message display on the operation panel. Purpose Used to check the indicators and display on the operation panel. Method Press the start key. All the indicators on the operation panel light, and all the dots of the message display (LCD) light. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

336

Setting the presence of the DF Description Sets the presence of the sheet-through DF (optional). Purpose Used when the sheet-through DF is attached. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.

ADF OPTION:1 1:ON 2:OFF

Display 1: ON 2: OFF

Description Attached Not attached

Initial value 2: OFF

Setting 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 337 Checking the operation of the DF motor Description With the sheet-through DF (optional) attached, turns the DF motor on. Purpose To check the drive system of the sheet-through DF. Method Press the start key. The DF motor is turned on. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The DF motor stops and the current function is exited.

3-2-30

190-1 Function No. 340 Outputting test patterns Description Outputs test patterns stored in the copier. Purpose Used to check performance after an image printing problem or the position of the laser scanner unit is corrected. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select the original size to A3/LED (11" 17") or A4R/LET (81/2" 11") using the cursor up key. 3. Select a paper source using the cursor down key. Display 1 2 3 4 5 Paper feed position Drawer 1 Drawer 2 (optional) Drawer 3 (optional) Drawer 4 (optional) Bypass table

Description

4. Press the start key. A test pattern is output continuously in the set copy modes.

Figure 3-2-1

Test pattern

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. Test pattern output stops and the current function is exited.

3-2-31

190 Function No. 344 Outputting VTC patterns Description Outputs VTC patterns stored in the copier. Purpose Used to check for performance after an image printing problem is rectified. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select a paper source using the cursor down key. Display 1 2 3 4 5 Paper feed position Drawer 1 Drawer 2 (optional) Drawer 3 (optional) Drawer 4 (optional) Bypass table

Description

3. Press the start key. A VTC pattern is output continuously.

Figure 3-2-2

VTC pattern

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. VTC pattern output stops and the current function is exited.

3-2-32

190-1 Function No. 350

Description Setting the copy count for waste toner tank replacement Description Sets the number of sheets of paper to be handled by one waste toner tank. Purpose Used to change the time of replacing the waste toner tank. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Copy count Setting range 0 255

Initial value 60

The set value is converted into the copy count for waste toner tank replacement as follows: Set value 1000 (copies). E.g.: When the set value is 250, the copy count for waste toner replacement is 250000. When the set value is 0, the copy count is 1000, the same as when the set value is 1.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 353 Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tank overflow detection Description Sets the number of sheets of paper that can be copied after waste toner tank overflow is detected. Purpose To be set according to user request. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Copy limit Setting range 0 60

Initial value 60

The set value is converted into the copy limit as follows: Set value 5 (copies). E.g.: When the set value is 60, the copy limit is 300. When the set value is 0, copying is disabled as soon as the waste toner tank overflow is detected.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-33

190-1 Function No. 354

Description Checking and clearing the DF original count Description Checks, changes or clears the original feed count of the sheet-through DF (optional). Purpose Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed. SGL: single counter DBL: double counter Setting To change the count 1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys. To clear the count 1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.

355

Checking and clearing the scan count Description Checks, changes or clears the scan count. Purpose Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor down key and press the start key. The selected counter count is displayed. SGL: single counter DBL: double counter Setting To change the count 1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys. To clear the count 1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.

3-2-34

190-1 Function No. 356

Description Checking and clearing the printer count Description Checks, changes or clears the printing count of the printer. Purpose Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed. SGL: single counter DBL: double counter Setting To change the count 1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys. To clear the count 1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.

363

Checking and clearing the IU developing count Description Checks, changes or clears the developing count of the imaging unit. When replacing the imaging unit, the developing count is automatically cleared. Purpose Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts. Method Press the start key. The current count is displayed. Setting To change the count 1. Enter the count (5 digits) using the numeric keys. To clear the count 1. Enter 00000 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.

3-2-35

190 Function No. 364

Description Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count Description Checks, changes or clears the count of the waste toner tank. Purpose Used when the waste toner tank is replaced. Method Press the start key. The current count is displayed. Setting To change the count 1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys. To clear the count 1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys. 2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.

3-2-36

190-1 Function No. 365

Description Entering the service telephone No. Description Registers or deletes the service telephone No. shown when a service call code is triggered. Purpose To set the telephone number for a service call when installing the machine. Method Press the start key. If the telephone No. has already been registered, the current number is displayed. Setting To register the telephone number 1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys. A maximum of 32 digits can be entered. To correct the entered number, press the stop/ clear key to clear it. To delete the telephone number 1. Press the stop/clear key. To cancel deletion of the telephone number, press the stop/clear key again. 2. Press the start key. The telephone number is registered or deleted and the current function is exited.

367

Displaying the ROM version Description Displays the ROM version of the main PCB. Purpose Used to check the ROM version of the main PCB. Method Press the start key. The ROM version is displayed.

ROM VERSION Ver 1.00

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-37

190-1 Function No. 368

Description Displaying the engine ROM version Description Displays the ROM version of the engine PCB. Purpose Used to check the ROM version of the engine PCB. Method Press the start key. The ROM version is displayed.

ENGINE ROM VERSION Ver 1.00

Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited. 370 Switching between double and single counts Description Switches the developing count method of the imaging unit. Purpose To be set according to user (copy service provider) request. Method Press the start key. The current counting system is displayed.
DOUBLE/SINGLE CNT:1 1:DOUBLE 2:SINGLE

Display 1: DOUBLE 2: SINGLE

Counting system Double counts for A3/11" 17" only Single counts for all sizes

Setting 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch the counting system. 2. Press the start key.

3-2-38

190-1 Function No. 371 Setting auto start Description Turns the auto start function on or off. Purpose No change from the factory default of 1 is necessary. To prevent problems, change the setting to 2. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
COPY AUTO START:1 1:ON 2:OFF

Description

Display 1: ON 2: OFF

Description Auto start on Auto start off

Setting 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch auto start on or off. 2. Press the start key. 372 Setting auto clear time Description Sets the time to return to the initial setting after copying is completed. Purpose To be set to a comparatively long time for continuous copying at the same settings. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the settings using the numeric keys. Description Auto clear time Setting range 09 Change in value per step 30 s

Initial value 2

The set value is converted to the auto clear time as follows: Set value 30 (s).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto clear time is 90 s. When the value is set to 0, auto clear is canceled. 2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-39

190-1 Function No. 373 Setting auto preheat time Description Sets the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode after copying is completed. Purpose When the copier is in frequent use, increase the value to enable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheating; when the copier is not in frequent use, decrease the value to save energy. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Auto preheat time Setting range 09 Change in value per step 5 min.

Description

Initial value 3

The set value is converted to the auto preheat/energy saver time as follows: Set value 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto preheat time is 15 min. When the value is 0, auto preheat is canceled. 2. Press the start key. The new value is set. 374 Setting auto shutoff time Description Sets the time to enter shutoff (energy saving) mode after copying is completed. Purpose Used to save energy when the copier is not in frequent use, by decreasing the value. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Auto shutoff time Setting range 0 24 Change in value per step 5 min.

Initial value 6

The set value is converted to the auto shutoff time as follows: Set value 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 4, the auto shutoff time is 20 min. When the value is 0, auto shutoff is canceled. 2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-40

190-1 Function No. 378

Description Setting operation under the toner empty condition Description Switches between single and continuous copies under the toner empty condition. Purpose To be set by the user based on how frequently continuous or single copies are made. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
T.E ACTION:1 1:STOP 2:CONT

Display 1: STOP 2: CONT

Operation Single copies Continuous copies

Setting 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch between single and continuous copies. 2. Press the start key. 390 Initializing memory 1 Description Writes the backup data of the main PCB in the engine PCB. Purpose Used after replacing the engine PCB. Method 1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized. 2. After initialization, COMPLETED is displayed. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.

3-2-41

190-1 Function No. 391 Initializing memory 2 Description Writes the backup data of the engine PCB in the main PCB. Purpose Used after replacing the main PCB. Method 1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized. 2. After initialization, COMPLETED is displayed. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited. 400 Test copy mode Description Executes normal copying in maintenance mode. Purpose Used to make test copies during adjustment in maintenance mode. Method 1. Press the start key. Test copy mode is set. 2. Set an original on the contact glass and make test copies. The preset number of copies, original and paper sizes, and magnification ratio are displayed. Completion Press the all clear/reset key. Test copy mode is exited and the screen to set the function No. appears. 415 Setting the copy density level Description Do not change the setting; otherwise, the entire image may be made lighter or darker and resolution may be lowered. Purpose Used to adjust the copy density. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting using the numeric keys. Description Copy density level Setting range 0 255

Description

Initial value 184

Increasing the value darkens the copy image; decreasing the value lightens the image. 2. Press the start key. The new value is set.

3-2-42

190 Function No. 601 Initializing all data Description Initializes software switches for each destination and OEM, and all the data in SRAM. It is not necessary to carry out this function in the field. Purpose Used to initialize the all data. Method 1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown. Default: USA: 181 Europe: 004 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA COUNTRY CODE:000

Description

2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown. Default: 000 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA OEM CODE:000

3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the all clear/reset key. 4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. ALL DATA COMPLETED 000 000

INI. ALL DATA COMPLETED V1.00

3-2-43

190 Function No. 602 Initializing permanent data Description Initializes data other than software switches for each destination and OEM; and settings, registrations, counts and machine data in SRAM. It is not necessary to carry out this function in the field. Purpose Used to initialize the above data. Method 1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown. Default: USA: 181 Europe: 004 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA COUNTRY CODE:000

Description

2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown. Default: 000 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA OEM CODE:000

3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the all clear/reset key. 4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. KEEP DATA COMPLETED 000 000

INI. KEEP DATA COMPLETED V1.00

3-2-44

190 Function No. 603 Setting factory defaults Description Initializes data to the factory defaults other than software switches for each destination and OEM, and machine data in SRAM. Purpose Used to initialize the above data to the factory defaults. Method 1. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the all clear/reset key. 2. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. SHIP DATA COMPLETED 000 000

Description

INI. SHIP DATA COMPLETED V1.00

3-2-45

190 Function No. 604 Initializing the main PCB (MFP) Description Writes backup data of the engine PCB in the main PCB after initializing the main PCB for each destination and OEM. Initializes the image memory at the same time. Purpose Used after replacing the main PCB. Method 1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown. Default: USA: 181 Europe: 004 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA COUNTRY CODE:000

Description

2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown. Default: 000 There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA OEM CODE:000

3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initialization, press the all clear/reset key. 4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. MFP DATA COMPLETED 000 000

INI. MFP DATA COMPLETED V1.00

3-2-46

190-1 Function No. 625 Selecting the language group Description Selects the language group to be used on the operation panel. Purpose Used when the operation ROM has been changed to the one for a different destination. Method Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1. Change the setting with the numeric keys. 1: English 1, Spanish 1 and French 1. 2: English 2, French 2, Spanish 2, German, Italian, Dutch, Turkish, Polish, Russian, Norwegian, Swedish and Danish. 3: English 2, French 2, Spanish 2, German, Italian, Dutch, Finnish, Portuguese and Czech. 4: English 2, French 2, Spanish 2, German, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian and Swedish. 2. Press the start key. The new setting is stored.

Description

3-2-47

190-1 Function No. 760 Outputting the setting list Description Outputs the list of software switches and ROM versions. Purpose Used when checking the above items to trace the cause. Method Press the start key. A sheet of the setting list as in the figure below is output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference values.
P001 System Configuration Report Soft Switch SW000 SW010 SW020 SW030 SW040 SW050 SW060 SW070 SW080 SW090 SW100 SW110 SW120 SW130 SW140 SW150 SW160 SW170 SW180 SW190 SW200 SW210 SW220 SW230 SW240 SW250 SW260 SW270 SW280 SW290 SW300 SW310 SW320 SW330 SW340 SW350 SW360 SW370 009 019 029 039 049 059 069 079 089 099 109 119 129 139 149 159 169 179 189 199 209 219 229 239 249 259 269 279 289 299 309 319 329 339 349 359 369 379 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0 04 A0 00 00 00 06 00 00 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1E 00 1E 00 00 02 1E 06 06 22 22 22 00 14 14 07 B4 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1E 00 1E 7A 00 A3 3B 06 06 62 22 22 00 14 14 07 14 2 60 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 04 0A 00 8F 00 E9 78 06 06 12 22 22 00 14 14 07 14 3 00 04 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 06 0A 00 80 00 CD 3C 06 06 62 22 06 00 14 14 07 14 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 1E 0A 00 7A 00 03 00 06 06 26 22 06 00 14 14 07 14 5 70 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1E 0A 0A 00 A9 00 B8 00 06 06 07 22 06 00 14 14 07 14 6 08 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 16 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1E 10 0A 00 3C 00 59 00 06 06 22 22 06 00 14 14 03 14 7 00 88 00 00 48 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 00 0A 00 32 00 8C 00 06 06 22 22 00 00 14 14 07 00 8 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 00 0A 00 01 00 DE 00 06 00 22 22 00 00 14 14 07 00 9 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 00 1E 00 80 00 00 10 06 00 22 22 00 00 00 00 00 00

Description

ROM Version ROM Date

1. 08 1998-02-16

Figure 3-2-3 Setting list

3-2-48 3-2-47-1

190-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-2-49

190-1 Function No. 761 Outputting the action list Description Outputs the list of service call code detection history, version and other information. Purpose Used when checking the above items to trace the cause. Method Press the start key. A sheet of the action list as in the figure below is output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference values.
P001 Action List Service Call History ROM Version ROM Date Country Code OEM Code ADF Document Table Document Paper Cassette Center Bypass Center ADF Main Scanning Adjust ADF Sub Scanning Adjust Table Main Scanning Adjust Table Sub Scanning Adjust = = = = C00 C00 C00 C00 C00

Description

1. 08 1998-02-16 004 000 20 10 10 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

30 30 30 30

Figure 3-2-4 Action list

3-2-48

190-1 Function No. 762 Outputting the monitor list Description Outputs the list of destination codes, OEM codes, counts and ROM versions. Purpose Used when checking the above items to trace the cause. Method Press the start key. A sheet of the monitor list as in the figure below is output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference values.
P001 Monitor List Country Code OEM Code ADF Counter 04H 00H 000000 000000 000000 000000 000186 000000 000000 1. 08 1998-02-16

Description

(S) (D) Scanner Counter (S) (D) Image Unit Printer (S) (D) ROM Version ROM Date

Figure 3-2-4 Monitor list

3-2-49

190-1 Function No. 763

Description Outputting the own-status report Description Outputs the list of settings in maintenance mode. Purpose Used before replacing the main PCB. Method Press the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as shown in function No. 000 is output and the current function is exited.

3-2-50

190

CONTENTS 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1 (1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1 (2) Running a maintenance function ................................................ 3-3-2 3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3 (1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulley ............................. 3-3-3 (2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulley ................. 3-3-4 (3) Adjusting the centerline of printing .............................................. 3-3-6 (4) Adjusting the start position of image printing .............................. 3-3-7 (5) Adjusting the end position of image printing ............................... 3-3-8 3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................... 3-3-9 (1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................. 3-3-9 (2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-10 (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires ........................................... 3-3-10 (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires .............................................. 3-3-11 (3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit .......................... 3-3-16 (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference) ....................... 3-3-17 (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3 .................................................. 3-3-19 (6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on the contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-20 (7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-21 (8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-22 (9) Adjusting the magnification ....................................................... 3-3-23 (10) Adjusting the right and left margins .......................................... 3-3-24 3-3-4 Imaging unit section .......................................................................... 3-3-25 (1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade (reference) ................................................................................ 3-3-25 (2) Cleaning the drum .................................................................... 3-3-28 3-3-5 Transfer section ................................................................................ 3-3-29 (1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller ................................. 3-3-29 3-3-6 Fixing and eject section .................................................................... 3-3-30 (1) Detaching the fixing unit ........................................................... 3-3-30 (2) Replacing the fixing heater ....................................................... 3-3-32 (3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor .......................................... 3-3-33 (4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2 ................................. 3-3-34 (5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws ...................................................... 3-3-35 3-3-7 Others ............................................................................................... 3-3-37 (1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tank ............................ 3-3-37

1-1-19

190-1

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly

(1) Precautions Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting disassembly. When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board. Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge. Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit or optical section thermostats. Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged. When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thickness gauge. Prevent the ingress of dust, which can cause image problems (thin/thick lines), inside the copier while removing the contact glass. Use the following testers when measuring voltages: Hioki 3200 Sanwa MD-180C Sanwa YX-360TR Beckman TECH300 Beckman DM45 Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values) Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values) Arlec DMM 1050 Arlec YF1030C Prepare the following as test originals: 1. NTC (new test chart) 2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)

3-3-1

190 (2) Running a maintenance function

Start

Enter 10871087 with the numeric keys.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance mode is entered.

Enter the function No. with the numeric keys and press the start key.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The maintenance function is selected.

Press the start key.

The selected maintenance function is run.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance mode is exited.

End

3-3-2

190

3-3-2 Paper feed section

(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulley Clean or replace the paper feed pulley as follows. Procedure 1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit. 2. Detach the right, left and front covers. 3. Remove the two screws and remove the front inner cover, the IU stopper and the spring. 4. Remove the E ring and the bushing from the front of the left registration roller.

Front inner cover Spring IU stopper E ring

Bushing

Left registration roller

Figure 3-3-1 5. Remove the 2-pin and 6-pin connectors of the paper feed assembly. 6. Remove the two screws holding the paper feed assembly. 7. Raise the front end of the left registration roller slightly, slide the paper feed assembly toward the front of the copier and remove it.
6-pin connector 2-pin connector

Paper feed assembly Left registration roller

Figure 3-3-2

3-3-3

190-1 8. Turn the paper feed assembly over. 9. Remove the E ring and the bushing on the front of the paper feed shaft. 10. Remove the screw holding each paper feed pulley, and pull the pulley off the paper feed shaft. When refitting the pulley, take care to ensure correct orientation. 11. Clean or replace the paper feed pulley. 12. Refit all the removed parts.
Paper feed shaft

Paper feed pulley E ring

Screw

Paper feed shaft

Bushing

Screw

E ring

Metric specifications
Paper feed pulley

Inch specifications

Bushing

Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the paper feed pulley

(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulley Clean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley as follows. Procedure 1. Open the right side cover and remove the drawer. 2. Remove the screw and detach the strap from the paper conveying assembly. 3. Remove the E ring and pin on the machine front holding the paper conveying assembly and detach the assembly from the copier. To refit the assembly, insert the pin into the D-shaped cutout in the assembly. 4. Remove the screw holding the bypass cover, and the cover.
Strap Bypass cover

D-shaped cutout

Pin

E ring

Paper conveying assembly

3-3-4

Figure 3-3-4

190 5. Remove the two screws holding the bypass paper feed assembly. Slide the bypass paper feed assembly to the machine front and remove it from the copier.

Bypass paper feed assembly

Figure 3-3-5 6. Remove the screw holding each of the bypass lift cam and the bypass paper feed pulley. 7. Remove the two E rings, the bushing, the bypass lift cam, the two bypass paper feed collars and the bypass paper feed pulley from the bypass shaft.

Bypass shaft E ring

Bypass lift cam Bypass paper feed collar E ring Bypass paper feed pulley

Bypass paper feed collar Bushing

Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the bypass paper feed pulley 8. Clean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley. 9. Refit all the removed parts.

3-3-5

190-1 (3) Adjusting the centerline of printing Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image on paper from a specific paper source.
No. 120 No. 126 (p. 3-3-20)

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Perform adjustment for each paper source. Procedure
Start Enter maintenance mode.

Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Correct image

Press the start key. Select a paper source having A3/11" 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.

Output example 1

Output example 2

Figure 3-3-7

Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Yes

Is the image correct?

Press the start key. The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys. For output example 1, increase the setting. For output example 2, decrease the setting.

No Press the all clear/reset key. Enter the function No. of the paper source to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key. 120: Drawer 1 121: Drawer 2 (optional) 122: Drawer 3 (optional) 123: Drawer 4 (optional) 124: Bypass table

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 10 Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the image to the machine rear, and decreasing it moves the image to the machine front.

Exit maintenance mode. End

3-3-6

190-1 (4) Adjusting the start position of image printing Perform the following adjustment when changing the leading edge margin.
No. 110 No. 106 (p. 3-3-23) No. 111 (p. 3-3-21)

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Procedure
Start Enter maintenance mode.

Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key. Press the start key.
Correct image

Select a paper source having A3/11" 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.

Output example 1

Output example 2

Figure 3-3-8

Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the start key. Yes The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys. For output example 1, increase the setting. For output example 2, decrease the setting.

Is the leading edge margin correct?

No Press the all clear/reset key.

Enter 110 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 10 Changing the value by 1 changes the start position by 0.39 mm. Increasing the value moves the start position up, and decreasing it moves the position down.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-7

190-1 (5) Adjusting the end position of image printing Perform the following adjustment if the trailing edge margin is not within the specified range.
No. 110 (p. 3-3-7) No. 115 No. 106 (p. 3-3-23) No. 111 (p. 3-3-21) No. 116 (p. 3-3-22)

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Procedure
Start Enter maintenance mode.
A = 3 2.5 mm

Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key. Press the start key. Select a paper source having A3/11" 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.

Measure A with a ruler.

Figure 3-3-9

Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the all clear/reset key. Yes Is trailing edge margin A 3 2.5 mm? No Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the start key. The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys.

Enter 115 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Press the start key. Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 6 Changing the value by 1 changes the margin by 0.4 mm. Increasing the value makes the trailing edge margin smaller, and decreasing it makes the margin larger.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-8

190

3-3-3 Optical section

(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows. Procedure 1. Detach the contact glass. 2. Move the scanner to the machine center. 3. Remove the 2-pin connector of the exposure lamp from the inverter PCB. 4. Remove the cable tie holding the exposure lamp wires from the scanner. 5. Remove the screw holding the rear lamp holder, and the holder. 6. Slide the exposure lamp to the machine front and remove it. 7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 8. Refit all the removed parts.
Rear lamp holder Exposure lamp Screw

2-pin connector

Figure 3-3-10

Detaching the exposure lamp

3-3-9

190 (2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires Take the following steps when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced. After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (adjusting the installation of the ISU). (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires Procedure 1. Remove the DF or original holder. 2. Remove the right and left covers. 3. Remove the lower cover of the operation unit. 4. Remove the operation unit. 5. Remove the upper right and upper rear covers. 6. Remove the contact glass. 7. Remove the screw holding the retaining wire on the left of the machine, and the wire.
Screw

Retaining wire

Bead

Figure 3-3-11 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Move the scanner to the machine center. Remove the ISU wire from the inverter PCB. Loosen the three screws holding the ISU wire and remove the wire from the scanner. Remove the screws holding each of the wire retainers which secure the scanner wires to the scanner, and the wire retainers. Remove the scanner from the machine. Detach one round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the left side of the machine. Detach the other round terminal from the catch on the right of the machine. Remove the mirror frame from the machine. Remove and replace the scanner wires.

3-3-10

190
Wire retainer Scanner wire Round terminal Scanner wire spring Round terminal

Screws

ISU wire Scanner Mirror frame

Figure 3-3-12 (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires

Detaching the scanner wire

Refitting requires the following tool: Scanner wire drum clip (part No.: 35968110) Procedure At the machine rear: 1. Remove the screw holding the scanner drive pulley, and then the pulley and the scanner drive belt. 2. Remove the two screws holding the DF connector mount, and the mount.

DF connector mount Scanner drive pulley Scanner drive belt

Figure 3-3-13

3-3-11

190-1 3. Remove the four screws holding the scanner front and rear rails, and the rails. 4. Remove the E rings and the bearings holding the scanner drive shaft at the front and rear. 5. Remove the two screws holding the scanner wire drum and pull the scanner drive shaft off the scanner wire drum.

Scanner rear rail Bearing

Scanner front rail

E ring

Scanner drive shaft E ring Bearing

Figure 3-3-14
6. Insert the small ball of the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum so that the longer wire end is to the left and the shorter wire to the right of the machine. ................................................................................................................ 1 7. Wind the longer end of the scanner wire six turns around the scanner wire drum toward the machine outside. .................................................................................. 2 8. Wind the shorter end of the scanner wire four turns around the scanner wire drum toward the machine inside. .................................................................................... 3 9. Hold the scanner wire in place with the scanner wire drum clip. ........................... 4
Longer end

2 3
4 turns

Scanner wire drum Small ball 1 Scanner wire drum clip

6 turns

4
Shorter wire end

Figure 3-3-15 Winding the scanner wire

3-3-12

190 10. Refit the scanner wire drum and the scanner drive shaft to the machine and secure them with the E rings. 11. Refit the scanner front and rear rails. 12. Remove the scanner wire drum clip. 13. Place the mirror frame on the scanner rails. 14. Loop the inner scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the right of the machine from the bottom to top. ............................................................................ 5 15. Loop the scanner wire around the upper groove of the scanner wire pulley on the mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 6 16. Hook the round terminal onto the catch on the right of the machine. .................... 7 17. Loop the outer scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the left side of the machine from bottom to top. .................................................................................. 8 18. Loop the scanner wire around the lower groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 9 19. Run the scanner wire along the wire guide on the left of the machine. ................. 0 20. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. ......................................... ! 21. Repeat steps 14 to 20 for the scanner wire on the front of the machine.

6 0 9 7 8 !
Wire guide Scanner wire spring Outer wire

Inner wire

Scanner wire drum clip

Figure 3-3-16

Installing the scanner wire

3-3-13

190 22. Hold the scanner wires with the wire retainers and tighten the screws. Do not tighten completely. 23. Insert two positioning screws M3 16 (part No. B1303160) in the positioning holes in the center of each of the scanner front and rear rails (Figure 3-3-17).

1
Machine rear
Wire retainer

2
Positioning screws Wire retainer

1
Positioning screws

Machine front

Figure 3-3-17 Fastening the scanner wire

3-3-14

190 24. Move the mirror frame until it touches the inner positioning screws (Figure 3-3-17 1). 25. Adjust the wire tension plates so that the scanner wires on the front and rear of the machine are tensioned equally. Machine rear
Wire tension plates

Machine front

Scanner wire

Scanner wire

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-3-18 Adjusting the tension in the scanner wires 26. When the scanner touches the outer positioning screws, fully tighten the screws holding the wire retainers (Figure 3-3-17 2). 27. Remove the positioning screws. 28. Turn the scanner wire drum to move the scanner and the mirror frame to the left of the machine. 29. Insert the positioning screws again. 30. Turn the scanner wire drum to check that the scanner and the mirror frame touch the four positioning screws. 31. Remove the positioning screws. 32. Refit all the removed parts. 33. Make a test copy. If a background appears on the copy image, perform (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3.

3-3-15

190 (3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit Take the following steps when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced. Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness. Procedure 1. Remove the right, left, front and tray covers. 2. Remove the 4-pin and 8-pin connectors. 3. Remove the pin and two screws holding the laser scanner unit and detach the unit from the machine. 4. Check or replace the laser scanner unit. 5. Refit all the removed parts.
Pin holding the LSU Positioning pin Laser scanner unit

4-pin connector Screw 8-pin connector Screw

Positioning pin

Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the laser scanner unit Refitting the laser scanner unit Refitting requires the following tools: Two positioning pins (part No. 35968070) 1. Insert the two positioning pins into the front and rear of the laser scanner unit. Do not insert the pins completely. The heads of the positioning pins should stand well above the laser scanner unit (Figure 3-3-19). 2. Fasten the laser scanner unit with the pin and two screws. 3. Remove the positioning pins.

3-3-16

190 (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference) Make the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral squareness is not obtained). Caution: To adjust lateral image squareness, adjust the position of the laser scanner unit and check for squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, adjust the installation of the ISU. Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit Procedure
Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter 340 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Correct image
Select A3 with the cursor up key. Select a paper source having A3 sheets with the cursor down key. Press the start key to output a test pattern. Press the all clear/reset key.

Output exapmle 1

Output exapmle 2

Figure 3-3-20

Press the all clear/reset key.

Tighten the pin and two screws holding the LSU. No Loosen the pin and two screws holding the LSU and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit using the center of the scale as the reference (Figure 3-3-21). For output example 1, rotate the laser scanner unit in the direction of arrow A. For output example 2, rotate the laser scanner unit in the direction of arrow B.

Is the image correct? Yes Exit maintenance mode. End

Pin holding the LSU

Laser scanner unit L mm Reference L mm

B A B A

200 mm

When the image is skewed by L mm in 200 mm, move the laser scanner unit by L 2 steps on the scale. Example: If L is 2 mm, move the unit by 4 steps on the scale.

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-21

3-3-17

190 Adjusting the installation of the ISU Caution: Make a test copy after adjusting the installation of the ISU. If a background appears on the copy image, proceed to (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3. Procedure
Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key. Press the start key to make a test copy. Press the all clear/reset key.

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-22
Press the all clear/reset key.

Is the image correct? Yes Exit maintenance mode. End

No

Insert a shim under each of the two screws holding the ISU. For copy example 1, insert shims under A and C. For copy example 2, insert shims under B and D.

Fastening the ISU 1. Fix the ISU with the two positioning screws (part No. 60907120). 2. Retighten the four screws. 3. Remove the two positioning screws.
Positioning screw Screws ISU Screws L mm Reference L mm Shims Positioning screw D B When the image is skewed by L mm in 200 mm, insert L/2 mm shims. C A Shims Example: If L is 2 mm, insert 1 mm-thick shims. 200 mm

Figure 3-3-23

3-3-18

190 (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3 Make the following adjustment if a background appears on the copy image after replacing the scanner wires or mirror 3. Procedure
Start

Make a test copy using a white sheet of original at exp. 3 in half tone mode.

Does a background appear on the copy image? No Make a test copy using a white sheet of original at exp. 5 in normal mode.

Yes

Turn the adjusting screw using a hex wrench to adjust the angle of mirror 3 so that the angle between mirrors 2 and 3 is 90 degrees. While loosening th adjusting screw, hold the back of mirror 3.

Does a background appear on the copy image? No End

Yes

Remove the screw and the wire guide from the mirror frame.

Mirror 2 Hex wrench Wire guide

90 Adjustment screw

Mirror 3

Figure 3-3-24

3-3-19

190-1 (6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on the contact glass Make the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the centerlines of the copy image and original.
No. 120 (p. 3-3-6) No. 126

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Draw a reference line down the center of the original. Procedure
Reference

Start Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2

Enter maintenance mode. Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Figure 3-3-25

Press the start key.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the start key to make a test copy. Press the start key. Yes
The new setting is stored.

Is the image correct?

No Press the all clear/reset key.

Change the set value with the numeric keys. For copy example 1, increase the value. For copy example 2, decrease the value.

Enter 126 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 10 Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the copy image toward the machine rear, and decreasing it moves the image toward the machine front.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-20

190-1 (7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glass Perform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original.
No. 110 (p. 3-3-7) No. 115 (p. 3-3-8) No. 106 (p. 3-3-23) No. 111 No. 116 (p. 3-3-22)

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Draw a reference line 10 mm from the original leading edge. Procedure
10 mm

Start

Reference

Enter maintenance mode.

Original
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-26

Press the start key.

Press the start key to make a test copy. Press the all clear/reset key.

Press the start key. Yes Is the image correct? The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys. For copy example 1, increase the value. For copy example 2, decrease the value.

No Press the all clear/reset key.

Enter 111 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 10 Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the start position down, and decreasing it moves the start position up.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-21

190-1 (8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glass Perform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the trailing edge of the copy image and original.
No. 110 (p. 3-3-7) No. 115 (p. 3-3-8) No. 106 (p. 3-3-23) No. 111 (p. 3-3-21) No. 116

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Procedure

Start Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2

Enter maintenance mode. Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Figure 3-3-27

Press the start key.

Press the all clear/reset key. Press the start key to make a test copy. Press the start key. Yes The new setting is stored. Is the image correct? Change the set value with the numeric keys. For copy example 1, decrease the value. For copy example 2, increase the value.

No Press the all clear/reset key.

Enter 116 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 20 Reference: 10 Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the end position down, and decreasing it moves the end position up.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-22

190-1 (9) Adjusting the magnification Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main or auxiliary scanning direction is not correct.
No. 110 (p. 3-3-7) No. 115 (p. 3-3-8) No. 106 No. 111 (p. 3-3-21) No. 116 (p. 3-3-22)

Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in the order indicated. Procedure
Main scanning direction

Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.

Auxiliary scanning direction

Press the start key.

Press the start key to make a test copy.

Figure 3-3-28

Yes

Press the all clear/reset key. Is the image correct? Press the start key. No Press the all clear/reset key. Enter the function No. of the scanning direction to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key. 104: main scanning direction 106: auxiliary scanning direction The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys.

Press the start key.

Setting range: 0 60 Reference: 30 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing the value makes the image shorter.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-23

190-1 (10) Adjusting the right and left margins Adjust the printing start or end position in the main scanning direction when the right or left margin is not correct. Precaution: Adjust and make a test copy for each size of paper. Procedure
Left margin Right margin

Start Enter maintenance mode.

Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key. Press the start key. Select a paper source having A3/11" 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.

Figure 3-3-29

Press the all clear/reset key. Press the start key. The new setting is stored. Change the set value with the numeric keys.

Press the all clear/reset key.

Yes

Are the right and left margins correct? No Press the all clear/reset key. Enter the function No. of the margin to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key. 082: left margin (printing start position) 083: right margin (printing end position)

Select the paper size to be adjusted with the cursor down key and press the start key. A5R, STATE (51/2" 81/2"), B5R, LETTER (81/2" 11"), A4R, LEDGER (11" 17"), B5, HAGAKI (postcard), A4, A6R, B6R Press the start key.
Setting range: 0 12 Reference: 6 Changing the value by 1 changes the margin by 0.5 mm. For the left margin, increasing the value makes it larger, and decreasing the value makes it smaller. For the right margin, increasing the value makes it smaller, and decreasing the value makes it larger.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-24

190

3-3-4 Imaging unit section

(1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade (reference) Perform the following steps when cleaning or replacing the drum and replacing the cleaning blade. Precautions Avoid direct sunlight and strong lighting when detaching and refitting the drum. Hold the drum at the ends. Do not touch the drum surface. After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface from light. Procedure 1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit. 2. Remove the four screws holding the IU front cover, and the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding each of front and rear positioning pins, and then the pins. 4. Remove the three front and two rear screws holding the developing unit and detach the developing unit from the IU housing.
Positioning pin

IU housing

IU front cover

Developing unit Positioning pin

Figure 3-3-30

Detaching the developing unit

3-3-25

190 Removing the drum 5. Remove the two rear screws holding the drum shaft, and the shaft. Remove the drum from the IU housing. 6. Replace or clean the drum. Orient the drum correctly during reassembly.
Drum shaft IU housing

Rear

Drum

Front

Figure 3-3-31 Detaching the drum Removing the cleaning blade 7. Remove the screw holding the charger terminal cover, and then the cover. 8. Remove the rear screw holding the main charger, and then the charger. Leave the front screw tight.
Main charger

Charger terminal cover

Figure 3-3-32

3-3-26

190 9. Remove the three screws holding the cleaning blade and detach the blade from the IU housing. 10. Replace the cleaning blade. Caution: During replacement, apply powder to the new cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning unit front, rear and lower seals at the same time. 11. Refit the cleaning blade. 12. Attach the cleaning unit front and rear seals at the ends of the blade so that the seals do not ride over the cleaning blade. 13. Attach the cleaning unit lower seal. 14. Refit all the removed parts.
IU housing

Cleaning blade Do not allow the cleaning blade to ride over the front and rear seals.

Cleaning unit rear seal

Cleaning unit front seal

0 0.5 mm*1

0 0.5 mm*2 Cleaning unit lower seal *1 & *2: references for aligning the cleaning unit lower seal

Figure 3-3-33

Detaching the cleaning blade

3-3-27

190 (2) Cleaning the drum Clean the drum as follows when an image problem occurs or if the drum is dirty. Precautions Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum. Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation. Avoid working in dusty places. Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally. Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent. Required supplies: Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton Toner Procedure 1. Detach the drum. (See page 3-3-25.) 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum in a spiral motion as shown, taking care not to damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all the removed parts and let the copier stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image.

Polishing cloth Drum

Figure 3-3-34

Cleaning the drum

3-3-28

190

3-3-5 Transfer section

(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller Take the following steps when the transfer roller is to be cleaned or replaced. Procedure 1. Open the right side cover. 2. Remove the four screws and the transfer wire holding the transfer roller assembly, and then the assembly.
Transfer roller assembly

Transfer wire

Figure 3-3-35 3. Remove the two E rings holding the transfer roller, and then the roller. 4. Clean or replace the transfer roller. 5. Refit all the removed parts.
Transfer roller rear bracket E ring

Pulley E ring

Pre-transfer guide

Transfer gear Transfer roller front bracket Transfer roller

Pulley

Figure 3-3-36

3-3-29

190-1

3-3-6 Fixing and eject section

(1) Detaching the fixing unit Take the following steps when cleaning, inspecting or replacing parts in the fixing unit. Procedure 1. Detach the right, left, front, tray and rear covers. 2. Disconnect the 3-pin connectors, remove the two screws holding cooling fan motor 1 on the machine rear, and then fan motor 1. 3. Detach the fixing drive belt from the fixing pulley.

3-pin connector

Fixing pulley

Fixing drive belt Cooling fan motor 1

Figure 3-3-37

3-3-30

190 4. Remove the 3-pin connector of safety switch 3, the 2-pin connector of the fixing unit thermistor, the 3-pin connector of the eject switch, and the two 1-pin connectors of the fixing heater. 5. Remove the four screws holding the fixing unit on the machine right, and then remove the unit from the machine.

Fixing unit 2-pin connector

3-pin connector

3-pin connector

1-pin connector

1-pin connector

Figure 3-3-38

Detaching the fixing unit

3-3-31

190 (2) Replacing the fixing heater Take the following steps when replacing the fixing heater. Procedure 1. Remove the fixing unit felt. 2. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover. 3. Remove the 1-pin connector of the fixing heater from fixing unit thermostat 1. 4. Remove the screws holding the fixing heater front and rear retainers respectively, and then the retainers. 5. Take the fixing heater out of the front side of the fixing unit. Handle the fixing heater by the ceramic part only. 6. Replace the fixing heater. 7. Refit all the removed parts.

Fixing heater rear retainer

Fixing unit felt

1-pin connector

Fixing heater front retainer

Fixing unit cover Fixing heater

Figure 3-3-39 Detaching the fixing heater

3-3-32

190 (3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor Take the following steps when replacing the fixing unit thermistor. Procedure 1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor, and then the thermistor. 3. Replace the fixing unit thermistor. To refit the thermistor, seat the projection of the fixing unit thermistor in the left cutout in the fixing unit upper housing. 4. Refit all the removed parts.

Fixing unit upper housing Projection

Fixing unit thermistor Screw

Figure 3-3-40

Detaching the fixing unit thermistor

3-3-33

190 (4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2 Take the following steps when replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2. Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged. Procedure 1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover. 2. Remove the connectors of the fixing heater wire, the thermostat junction wire and fixing heater junction wire from the fixing unit thermostats. 3. Remove the two screws holding each of fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2, and then the two thermostats. 4. Replace fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2. When fitting, check the temperature indications on the thermostat and install the thermostat on the fixing unit upper housing in the correct position. 5. Refit all the remove parts.

Fixing heater wire

150 C
Fixing unit thermostat 1 Screws Thermostat junction wire Fixing unit thermostat 2 Screws Fixing heater junction wire

140 C

Figure 3-3-41

Detaching the fixing unit thermostats

3-3-34

190 (5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws Take the following steps when cleaning or replacing the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws. Procedure 1. Remove the fixing heater. (Refer to page 3-3-32.) 2. Remove the front and rear fixing unit press springs. 3. Remove the four screws from the front and rear of the fixing unit upper housing, and then the housing. Detaching the heat roller 4. Remove the stop ring and the heat roller bushing on the front of the heat roller. 5. Remove the stop ring, the heat roller gear and the heat roller bushing on the rear of the heat roller. 6. Remove the heat roller from the fixing unit.
Heat roller bushing Stop ring

Heat roller gear

Heat roller

Stop ring Fixing unit upper housing Heat roller bushing

Figure 3-3-42

Detaching the heat roller

3-3-35

190 Detaching the press roller 7. Remove the front and rear bearings and the press roller.

Bearing

Press roller Bearing

Figure 3-3-43

Detaching the press roller

Detaching the heat roller separation claws 8. Detach the separation claw springs from the catches to remove all the four heat roller separation claws. 9. Clean or replace the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws. 10. Refit all the removed parts. Caution: Refit the fixing unit upper housing to the fixing unit before refitting the heat roller separation claws.

Separation claw spring

Fixing unit upper housing Heat roller separation claw

Figure 3-3-44 Detaching the heat roller separation claws

3-3-36

190-1

3-3-7 Others
(1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tank Replace the waste toner tank when the message display shows Time for Maintenance. Procedure 1. Remove the rear cover (two screws). 2. Open the drawer. 3. Open the front cover and take out the imaging unit. 4. Remove the overflow switch from the waste toner tank. 5. Raise the tank with the left fingers inserted in the cutout at bottom left and the right hand holding the right side of the tank. 6. Draw the right side of the tank out to remove it. 7. Replace the waste toner tank. 8. Refit all the removed parts.

Waste toner tank

1 2
Overflow switch

Figure 3-3-45 Detaching the waste toner tank

3-3-37

190-1

CONTENTS 3-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... 3-4-1 3-4-2 Replacing the engine PCB .................................................................. 3-4-3 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-4

1-1-21

190-1

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB

Before and after replacing the main PCB, perform the steps below. Main PCB replacement requires the following tools: Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010) Main ROM IC1(P/N 19068150) Main ROM IC2 (P/N 19068160) Procedure Before removing the old main PCB: 1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item 000 to output the own-status report. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB with the new one. After installing the new main PCB: 6. Attach main ROMs IC1 and 2 to the flash tool assembly.
Main ROM IC1

Main ROM IC2

Flash tool assembly

Figure 3-4-1

3-4-1

190 7. Remove the blanking cover on the rear of the copier and insert the flash tool assembly into the top slot.

Flash tool assembly

Blanking cover

Figure 3-4-2 8. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.

FLASH PUSH START

9. Press the start key.

FLASH : WRITING >> Approx. 50 s later FLASH : Ver. 0.932 OK PUSH START

10. Press the start key.

FLASH POWER OFF

3-4-2

190-1 11. Turn the main switch off. 12. Remove the flash tool assembly and refit the blanking cover. 13. Turn the main switch on. 14. Enter the maintenance mode. 15. Execute maintenance item 604. 16. Execute the maintenance items in the data recorded on the own-status report output in step 2 to reenter or check the data. 17. Exit the maintenance mode.

3-4-2 Replacing the engine PCB

Perform the following procedure when replacing the engine PCB. Procedure Before removing the old engine PCB: 1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 2. Replace the engine PCB with the new one. After installing the new engine PCB: 3. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 4. Enter the maintenance mode. 5. Execute maintenance item 390. 6. Exit the maintenance mode.

3-4-3

190-1

3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)

The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and cannot be adjusted in the field. High-voltage transfer PCB: VR101, VR201, VR301, VR 401 Engine PCB: VR1, VR2

3-4-4

190

CONTENTS 3-5 Self Diagnostics

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1 (1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1 Self diagnostic codes .................................................................. 3-5-2

1-1-23

190

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When it detects a problem with itself, it disables copying and displays the problem as a code consisting of C followed by a twodigit number, indicating the nature of the problem. A message, Call for service, is also displayed. After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by opening and closing the front cover to turn safety switch 1 off and on.

Call for service.

Figure 3-5-1

Service call code display

3-5-1

190 Self diagnostic codes Remarks Code C05 Contents Operation unit PCB communication problem There is a communication problem between the main PCB and operation unit PCB. Causes The connectors of the wires between the main PCB and operation unit PCB make poor contact. Defective main PCB or operation unit PCB. C06 Engine PCB communication problem There is a communication problem between the main PCB and engine PCB. The connectors of the wires between the main PCB and engine PCB make poor contact. Defective main PCB or engine PCB. C07 Checksum problem in the SRAM programming area There is a difference between the checksum in the SRAM programming area stored when the power is turned off and the value checked when the power is turned on. Checksum problem in the SRAM software area There is a difference between the checksum in the SRAM software area stored when the power is turned off and the value checked when the power is turned on. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check the connection of connectors of the wires between the main PCB and operation PCB.

Replace the main PCB or operation unit PCB and check for correct operation. Check the connection of connectors on the main PCB and engine PCB.

Replace the main PCB or engine PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation.

C08

Defective engine PCB.

Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation.

3-5-2

190 Remarks Code C10 Contents Exposure lamp problem The value of the ASIC address AGCHMAX is 30 or less when scanning the white reference data. Causes The connectors of the exposure lamp make poor contact. Defective inverter PCB or engine PCB. C31 The scanner home position switch problem The scanner home position switch does not turn on when expected. The scanner home position switch does not turn off when expected. The connectors of the scanner home position switch make poor contact. Defective scanner home position switch. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check the connection of the connectors of the exposure lamp.

Replace the inverter PCB or engine PCB and check for correct operation. Check the connection of the connectors of the scanner home position switch.

Check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB goes high when the scanner home position switch is on and goes low when the switch is off. If it does not, replace the scanner home position switch. Replace the laser scanner unit and check for correct operation.

C42

Laser scanner unit problem The laser scanner unit is not stabilized (the MSYNC signal remains high) within 6 s after the scanner motor turns on. The MSYNC signal goes high after the laser scanner unit is stabilized.

Defective laser scanner unit.

3-5-3

190 Remarks Code C51 Contents Main charger output problem The MC ALM signal is output from the high-voltage transformer PCB while the main charger output is on. Causes Main charger output leaking. Broken charger wire. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB. Transfer highvoltage output leaking. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB. Broken fixing heater wire. Fixing unit thermostat 1/ 2 actuated. Fixing unit thermistor installed incorrectly. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. Shorted fixing unit thermistor. Defective power source PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check the charger housing visually and clean it if it is dirty. Check the charger wire visually and replace it if it is broken. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB and check for correct operation. Check the transfer wire and repair it if necessary. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB and check for correct operation. Check for continuity across the fixing heater. If none, replace the heater. After clarifying the cause of the actuation, replace the fixing thermostat 1/2. Check fixing unit thermistor and reinstall it if necessary.

C52

Transfer high-voltage output problem The TC ALM signal is output from the high-voltage transformer PCB while the transfer high-voltage output is on. Fixing problems The fixing temperature does not rise within 5 s after the fixing heater is turned on. The fixing temperature does not exceed 120C/ 248F within 100 s after the fixing heater is turned on. The fixing temperature does not exceed 165C/ 329F within 100 s after the fixing heater is turned on. The fixing temperature rises to 210C/410F or higher during secondary stabilization or preheat. The fixing temperature drops to 120C/248F or lower during secondary stabilization or preheat. The fixing heater remains on for 25 s or longer during secondary stabilization or preheat. An error signal is output from the engine PCB.

C60

Measure the resistance. If it is , replace the fixing unit thermistor. Measure the resistance. If it is 0 , replace the fixing unit thermistor. Replace the power source PCB and check for correct operation.

3-5-4

190

CONTENTS 3-6 Troubleshooting

3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1 (1) No image appears (entirely white). ............................................. 3-6-3 (2) No image appears (entirely black). ............................................. 3-6-4 (3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5 (4) Background is visible. ................................................................. 3-6-5 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................ 3-6-6 (6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................ 3-6-6 (7) A black line appears laterally. ..................................................... 3-6-7 (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. ................. 3-6-7 (9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................ 3-6-8 (10) Image is blurred. ......................................................................... 3-6-8 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. ................................................................................. 3-6-9 (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. ................................................................................. 3-6-9 (13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-10 (14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10 (15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................ 3-6-11 (16) Fixing is poor. ........................................................................... 3-6-11 (17) Image is out of focus. ............................................................... 3-6-12 (18) Image center does not align with the original center. ............... 3-6-12 (19) Image is not square. ................................................................. 3-6-13 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-14 (1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. .................. 3-6-14 (2) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ............................................... 3-6-14 (3) A paper jam in the drawer is indicated during copying. ............ 3-6-14 (4) A paper jam in the bypass is indicated during copying. ............ 3-6-15 (5) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying. ... 3-6-15 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-17 (1) Power source PCB ................................................................... 3-6-17 (2) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-18 (3) Engine PCB .............................................................................. 3-6-21 (4) Motor PCB ................................................................................ 3-6-28 (5) Operation unit PCB ................................................................... 3-6-30 3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-31 (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-31 (2) The drive motor does not operate. ............................................ 3-6-31 (3) The scanner motor does not rotate. ......................................... 3-6-32 (4) The toner feed motor does not rotate. ...................................... 3-6-32 (5) Cooling fan motor 1 does not rotate. ........................................ 3-6-32 (6) Cooling fan motor 2 does not rotate. ........................................ 3-6-33

1-1-25

190 The paper feed clutch does not operate. .................................. The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ..................... The registration clutch does not operate. ................................. The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ........................................ The exposure lamp does not turn on (C10). ............................. The exposure lamp does not turn off. ....................................... The fixing heater does not turn on (C60). ................................. The fixing heater does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C60). ..................................... (15) Main charging is not performed (C51). ..................................... (16) Transfer charging is not performed (C52). ................................ (17) No developing bias voltage is output. ....................................... (18) The original size is not detected. .............................................. (19) The original size is not detected correctly. ............................... (20) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the drawer. ........................................ (21) The size of paper in the bypass is not displayed correctly. ...... (22) The size of paper in the drawer is not displayed correctly. ....... (23) A paper jam is indicated on the message display immediately after the main switch is turned on. ........................ (24) The message requesting the front cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed. ......................................... (25) The message requesting the right side cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed. ...................................... (26) The message requesting the eject cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed. ...................................... 3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ (1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................. (2) No secondary paper feed. ........................................................ (3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. (4) The scanner does not travel. .................................................... (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ........................... (6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ............................... (8) Abnormal noise is heard. .......................................................... (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) 3-6-33 3-6-33 3-6-34 3-6-34 3-6-34 3-6-34 3-6-35 3-6-35 3-6-35 3-6-36 3-6-36 3-6-36 3-6-37 3-6-37 3-6-37 3-6-37 3-6-38 3-6-38 3-6-38 3-6-38 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-39 3-6-40 3-6-40

1-1-26

190

3-6-1 Image formation problems

(1) No image appears (entirely white). (2) No image appears (entirely black). (3) Image is too light.

See page 3-6-3. (4) Background is visible.

See page 3-6-4. (5) A white line appears longitudinally.

See page 3-6-5. (6) A black line appears longitudinally.

See page 3-6-5. (7) A black line appears laterally.

See page 3-6-6. (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other.

See page 3-6-6. (9) Black dots appear on the image.

See page 3-6-7. (10) Image is blurred.

See page 3-6-7. (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original.

See page 3-6-8. (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original.

See page 3-6-8.

See page 3-6-9.

See page 3-6-9.

3-6-1

190 (13) Paper creases. (14) Offset occurs. (15) Image is partly missing.

See page 3-6-10. (16) Fixing is poor.

See page 3-6-10. (17) Image is out of focus.

See page 3-6-11. (18) Image center does not align with the original center.

See page 3-6-11. (19) Image is not square.

See page 3-6-12.

See page 3-6-12.

See page 3-6-13.

3-6-2

190 (1) No image appears (entirely white). Causes 1. No transfer charging.

Causes 1. No transfer charging. A. Broken transfer wire. B. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. C. Defective engine PCB. D. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB.

Check procedures/corrective measures Repair or replace the wire. Check for continuity across the terminals. If none, replace the terminals. Check if CN8-8 goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check if transfer charging takes place during copying when CN1-8 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

3-6-3

190 (2) No image appears (entirely black). Causes 1. Exposure lamp fails to light. 2. No main charging.

Causes 1. Exposure lamp fails to light. A. The connector terminals of the exposure lamp make poor contact. B. Defective inverter PCB.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the terminals. If none, replace the terminals. Check if the exposure lamp lights during copying when CN1-1 and 1-2 on the inverter PCB go low. If not, replace the inverter PCB. Check if CN 14-1 and 14-2 goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. Replace the wire. Clean the charger housing. Check for continuity across the terminals. If none, replace the terminals. Check if CN8-7 goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check if main charging takes place during copying when CN1-9 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

C. Defective engine PCB. 2. No main charging. A. Broken charger wire. B. Leaking charger housing. C. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. D. Defective engine PCB. E. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB.

3-6-4

190 (3) Image is too light. Causes 1. Misadjusted exposure level. 2. Insufficient toner. 3. Deteriorated developer. 4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

Causes 1. Misadjusted exposure level. 2. Insufficient toner. 3. Deteriorated developer.

Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust exposure level (see page 3-2-42). If the display shows the message requesting toner replenishment, replace the cartridge. If the display shows the message requesting replacement of the IU, replace the imaging unit. Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level has been reached, replace the drum (see page 3-3-25).

4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

(4) Background is visible.

Causes 1. Deteriorated developer.

Causes 1. Deteriorated developer.

Check procedures/corrective measures If the display shows the message requesting replacement of the IU, replace the imaging unit.

3-6-5

190 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed charger wire. 2. Foreign matter in the imaging unit. 3. Flawed drum.

Causes 1. Dirty or flawed charger wire. 2. Foreign matter in the imaging unit. 3. Flawed drum.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the charger wire or, if it is flawed, replace it. Replace the imaging unit. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-25).

(6) A black line appears longitudinally.

Causes 1. Dirty contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. 4. Dirty scanner mirror.

Causes 1. Dirty contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. 4. Dirty scanner mirror.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the contact glass. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-25). Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-25). Clean the scanner mirror.

3-6-6

190 (7) A black line appears laterally. Causes 1. Flawed drum. 2. Dirty developing section in the imaging unit.

Causes 1. Flawed drum. 2. Dirty developing section in the imaging unit.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the drum (see page 3-3-25). Clean the developing section in the imaging unit.

(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other.

Causes 1. Dirty charger wire. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

Causes 1. Dirty charger wire. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty, replace it. Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed evenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp (see page 3-3-9).

3-6-7

190 (9) Black dots appear on the image. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed drum. 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

Causes 1. Dirty or flawed drum. 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-25). Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-25).

(10) Image is blurred.

Causes 1. Scanner moves erratically. 2. Deformed press roller. 3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

Causes 1. Scanner moves erratically. 2. Deformed press roller. 3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check if there is any foreign matter on the front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-35). Check the gears and belts and, if necessary, grease them.

3-6-8

190 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. Causes 1. Misadjusted scanning start position for the original on the contact glass.

Causes 1. Misadjusted scanning start position for the original on the contact glass.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the scanning start position for the original on the contact glass (see page 3-321).

(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original.

Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.

Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the installation positions and operations of the registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch and paper feed clutch. If any of them operates incorrectly, replace it.

3-6-9

190 (13) Paper creases. Causes 1. Paper curled. 2. Paper damp.

Causes 1. Paper curled. 2. Paper damp.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. Check the paper storage conditions.

(14) Offset occurs.

Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade.

Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-25).

3-6-10

190 (15) Image is partly missing. Causes 1. Paper damp. 2. Paper creased. 3. Drum condensation. 4. Flawed drum.

Causes 1. Paper damp. 2. Paper creased. 3. Drum condensation. 4. Flawed drum.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. Replace the paper. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-28). Replace the drum (see page 3-3-25).

(16) Fixing is poor.

Causes 1. Wrong paper. 2. Flawed press roller.

Causes 1. Wrong paper. 2. Flawed press roller.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check if the paper meets specifications. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-35).

3-6-11

190 (17) Image is out of focus. Causes 1. Defective image scanning unit.

Causes 1. Defective image scanning unit.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the image scanning unit.

(18) Image center does not align with the original center.

Causes 1. Misadjusted image center line. 2. Original placed incorrectly.

Causes 1. Misadjusted image center line. 2. Original placed incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the image center line (see page 3-3-6). Place the original correctly.

3-6-12

190 (19) Image is not square. Causes 1. Squareness adjusted (laser scanner unit positioned) incorrectly. 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Causes 1. Squareness adjusted (laser scanner unit positioned) incorrectly. 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust the squareness (installation position of the laser scanner unit; see page 3-3-17). Adjust the installation position of the image scanning unit (see page 3-3-18).

3-6-13

190

3-6-2 Paper misfeeds

Problem (1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. Causes/check procedures A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around the registration switch. Defective registration switch. Corrective measures Check visually and remove it, if any. With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the engine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch. Check visually and remove it, if any. With 5 V DC present at CN3-1 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-2 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch. Change the paper. Replace the deformed claw. Repair the deformed spring. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the engine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the engine PCB goes low when the registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the registration switch.

(2) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on.

A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around the eject switch. Defective eject switch.

(3) A paper jam in the drawer is indicated during copying.

Paper in the drawer is extremely curled. Check if the front or rear paper claw of the drawer is deformed. Check if the drawer spring is deformed. Check if the paper feed pulley is deformed. Defective registration switch.

3-6-14

190 Problem (3) A paper jam in the drawer is indicated during copying. (4) A paper jam in the bypass is indicated during copying. Causes/check procedures Check if the paper feed clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the paper feed clutch. Corrective measures Check and repair if necessary. See page 3-6-33.

Check if the bypass paper feed pulley is deformed. Defective registration switch.

Check and replace the deformed pulley. With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the engine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the engine PCB goes low when the registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the registration switch. Check and repair if necessary. See page 3-6-33. Check and repair if necessary.

Malfunction of the bypass paper feed clutch. Electrical problem with the bypass paper feed clutch. (5) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying. Check if the right and left registration rollers contact each other. Defective eject switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-1 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-2 on the engine PCB goes low when the eject switch is turned on. If not, replace the eject switch. Check and repair if necessary. See page 3-6-34. Clean or replace the press roller (see page 3-3-35).

Malfunction of the registration switch. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed.

3-6-15

190 Problem (5) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying. Causes/check procedures Check if the heat roller separation claws are extremely dirty or deformed. Check if the upper eject pulley and lower eject roller contact each other. Corrective measures Clean or replace the heat roller separation claws (see page 3-3-35). Check and repair if necessary.

3-6-16

190-1

3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages

Precautions When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands. ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs, cable connectors or edge connectors. Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar material. (1) Power source PCB
120 V area
CN2

220 240 V area

CN1 F2 FG1
L HEATER OUT F1 AC250V 15A

CN1

ARS1

RESISTOR

HEATER AC250V

VZ2

C33

JP19 R63 TRI61 C34 C2 C51 L1

R52 CR51

C34

JP8 R53

TRI51 R51

DB1

TRI51

C61 R1 R61 NTH1 R62 R51 R52 L2

JP17 JP12

JP18 JP24

C8

C8 L3

R2

R2

C6 D1

R6 JP30 R4 R5 R9

FB1 R5 JP1 R4 R15 ZD2

R6 R9

JP25

C13 R12 R7 C12 R11 PTRI51 PTRI61 R14 C11 C10 D5 C31 T1 D3 R16 IC1

D3

R16

R14 C11 C10

D5

JP26 R13

JP2

JP2

JP3 C32 JP9 D301 JP10 D401 C203 JP15 R202

JP7

D301 D401 JP27 R103 ZD102

JP8

JP19

Q101 R105 ZD101

C202 R201

D102 D403

C202 R201

JP20 D302 D201 JP9

D102 R110

IC401

D201 JP11 IC301

IC301

JP4

JP21

R401

D402

JP5 C102 F102 F101 AC250V T4. 0A

C302

JP5 JP6

JP6 JP7 D103

C204

R108

R108

1
DC5V SGNO +12V 12V PGNO DC24V

R109

RL1 1 CN5 JP11

RL1 CN5

1
JP16 JP23

1
JP18 PGNO DC24V 24VIN 24V2 24V3 DC5V 5V2 JP24 SGNO +12V 12V

JP13

Terminals (CN) 1-1 2-1 1-2 2-2

Voltage 120 V AC 220 240 V AC 75 V AC

Remarks AC supply, input AC supply for H, output

1
C1 VZ2 FG1 F2 VZ1 AC250V ARS1 T6. 3A C33 FB31 C3 C4 DB1 R3 C5 D2 R8 C14 ZD1 JP25 D4 C9 R18 C13 R12 R7 C12 R11 JP26 R13 PC1_1 PC1_2 R105 JP27 R107 R103 ZD102 JP20 FB202 ZD103 C401 Q101 C301 D102 D403 C104 R104 D303 R102 ZD401 R106 ZD101 FB201 JP21 D102 D302 ZD301 R110 IC401 JP22 F103 F201 R401 F301 AC250V T0. 5A C402 F401 AC250V T0. 5A D402 JP28 AC250V T4. 0A C302 AC250V T4. 0A AC250V T5A C204 JP16 JP17 CN4

1
N L F1 COM OUT

1
R1 R10 D4 C9 IC1 C31 PC1_1 C32 ZD103 ZD301 F201 F301 AC250V 0. 5A C402 JP28 AC125V 5A CN4 CN3 +12V 12V

1
AC250V 15A C1 L51 NTH1 L1 C7 R3 D2 D1 Q1 JP1 R15 ZD2 FB2 PTRI51 T1 D101 R202 C101 IC201 L201 C102 C201 D103 JP14 JP15 JP10 JP22 PGNO DC24V 24VIN JP3 R101 VR201 R203 FB102 C103 L202 C203 F102 F101 AC125V 4A 24V2 24V3 F103 AC125V 4A AC125V 4A C301 ZD1 JP15 FB202 FB201 DC5V 5V2

CN6

CN2

F3

AC250V

T2. 0A

F3 AC125V T4A

VZ1 R8 C14 SGNO

L61

L51

T6. 3A

C2
C7

L3
Q1

PC1_2
D101

C101

R107 R102 ZD401 R106 F401 AC250V 0. 5A

R101

VR201

C103

L202

C104 R104 D303

R203 JP4

FB102

IC201 L201 C201

JP12

1
DC5V SGNO +12V 12V PGNO DC24V

JP23

CN3

3-6-17

190-1 Terminals (CN) 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-6 3-7 3-9 3-10 4-1 4-3 4-4 4-6 5-1 5-3 5-4 6-1 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 4-2 4-5 4-5 4-5 5-2 5-2 5-2 6-2 Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC +12 V DC 12 V DC 5 V DC +12 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 120 V AC 220 240 V AC Remarks 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output 24 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output +12 V DC supply for EPCB, output 12 V DC supply for EPCB, output 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output +12 V DC supply for MPCB, output 12 V DC supply for MCPB, output 24 V DC supply for MPCB, output PRY on/off, output H off/on, input PRY off/on, input AC supply for resistors, output

3-6-17-1 3-6-18

190-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

3-6-19

190-1 (2) Main PCB

L1007 IC25 IC21 IC20 IC19 IC18

10 9 CN4

2 1

IC29 C1023 IC30

C1514

C1510 IC33

R1501 R1502 C1108 X2

C1301 IC60

R948 R947 R946 R945 R944 R943 R942 R941

R1025 R1026 53 R1027 R1031 R1028 104 105

RI032

R1033 1 R1034 R1001

R1301 R1302 TR4 R1303 R1304 R1305 R1306

R1337 R1336 C1033 IC77

208

157 156

IC47

IC39

R1030

R1029 IC26

IC17

C1105

C1031 IC74

R1315 IC46

R1319

L901 C909 R904 R903 R902 L907 C919

156 157 C1006 C1007 R1003 R1005 R1007 R1009 R1011 R1013 R1017 R1015 R1018 C1024 208
R1002 R1004 R1006 R1008 R1010 R1012 R1014 R1016 C1034 IC78

1 52 104 C904 C905 C906 C907 C908 IC22

C1107

105

65 68 66

67 IC24

IC48

51

80 81 100 1 C805

IC23 CN6

R1316 R1320 R1317 R1321 R1318 R1322

R1307 R1308 R1309 R1310

TR3

IC73
R124 R116 R117 R118 R110

R1035 C1201 R1408 IC53 31

31 IC16 30

60 61

R308 R803 R804 R282

R1401

30

X1

80 81

51 R1411 R1409 R1412 R1410 R1405 R1404 R1406 R1403 3 1 4 2

R1323 R1328 R1329 R1324 R1330 R1325 R1326 R1331 R1327 R1332 R1312 R1311 R1314 R1313 R1218 R1334 R1333

50 IC13

IC1 90 1

IC51 IC75

C806 R802 100 1 1 C210 C201 C1511 IC2 L1501 L1502 30 Z08

120

31
R128 R131 R134 R136 R149 R147 R145 R143

91
R130 R132 R135 R133 R112 R148 R146 R144 R142

C819

IC62

C820 IC76

C1104

R1108 R1107 R1106 R1105 R1104 R1103 R1102 R1101 R1216 R1215 R1214 R1213

C1515

157 C1513 156 C303 C508 IC45

L1503 R410 R409 IC38

3-6-18

1 CN5 6 C403 IC35 R407 R408 C404 C1512

R296
105 R210 R208 R206 R204 R202 R306 R304 R302

R209 R207 R205 R203 R201 R305 R303

C1209 C1205 IC51 IC7 C1206 IC56

C304 C509

IC37 IC15

C1502 C1508 BAT1

R1039 R1038 R1037 R1036

52 104 53 L401 C401 IC5 C810 IC43 C1021 L1005 C1009 IC31 L1001 C1011 IC28 IC40 C1012 L1002 C809 C1020

IC52 R1227 R1228 R1229 R1230 R1219 R1220 R1221 R1222 CN7

C510 C808 C807 IC14 C1019 IC42 C1010 IC41 3 1 4 2 59 58 CN8

C1204 R1245 C1221

59 57 60 58

R1247

R1212 R1210 R1208 R1206 R1204 R1202

C1219 IC79 3 R281 R279 R277 R275 R273 R271 R269 R267 1 4 2 R1211 R1209 R1207 R1205 R1203 R1201 R1335

R1244

C1215 C1216 C1214 C1212 R1240 C1211

C1213

C1518

190 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-13 1-15 1-16 1-18 1-21 1-24 1-25 1-26 1-27 1-29 1-31 1-32 1-33 1-34 1-36 1-37 1-39 1-41 1-42 1-44 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Voltage 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks EPCB control signal, input (SVCLK) EPCB control signal, input (SVD0) EPCB control signal, input (SVD1) EPCB control signal, input (SVD2) EPCB control signal, input (SVD3) EPCB control signal, input (SVD4) EPCB control signal, input (SVD5) EPCB control signal, input (SVD6) EPCB control signal, input (SVD7) EPCB control signal, output (CPRDY) EPCB control signal, output (_PRINT) EPCB control signal, input (_PVSYNC) EPCB control signal, input (_PHSYNC) EPCB control signal, input (SCINHI) EPCB control signal, input (_SRDY) EPCB control signal, output (_SCAN) EPCB control signal, output (PTIM) EPCB control signal, input (_SVSYNC) EPCB control signal, input (_SHSYNC) EPCB control signal, input (EPRDY) EPCB control signal, output (CMD) EPCB control signal, input (_STS) EPCB control signal, output (CCLK) EPCB control signal, input (_SBSY) EPCB control signal, input (_PRDY) EPCB control signal, input (PVCLK) EPCB control signal, output (_PVDO) EPCB control signal, input (_LSUOUT) EPCB control signal, input (_RSTWR)

3-6-19

190 Terminals (CN) 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-6 4-7 4-9 5-1 5-3 5-4 5-6 6-1 6-68 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-8 5-2 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-2 Voltage 5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 5 V DC +12 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks 5 V DC supply for OPCB, output OPCB control signal, output (COM) OPCB control signal, input (STATUS) OPCB control signal, output (SCLK) OPCB control signal, input (SIG1) OPCB control signal, input (SIG2) 24 V DC supply for OPCB, output 5 V DC supply, input +12 V DC supply, input 12 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input Printer PCB* control signal

* Optional.

3-6-20

11 12 1 CN12 IC1 IC2 2 uPC408262 uPC408262 5 7 1 CN22 IC3 uPC408262 5 IC4 uPC408262 5
1 16

1 CN20 IC5 74LS07 8 IC6 74HC125 8

20 19 CN13

2 1
D1 D2 D3 D4

29 30

CN18

5 TP1

1 1 1 1
64

F1 VR1 IC11 AD818AR F2

TP2 A D6 IC13 K LM636IM 5 TA1

IC7 74LS07 8

D5

CN14

31

30

C1

F4 IC18 LM636IM 1 D9
64

5
1 16

TR2 IC20 LM636IM IC24

17

IC15

VR2
L67 L66
80 41

8
49

TP4
40

IC29 1 uPC35862 48

IC34 1

M38027E85P 1 IC30 74F244 11

IC31 74LS01

IC35 8HD185 81

D13

33

22

CN15

44

IC39 M66258FP 12
120

X1

IC37 74F244

11
81

80

IC32

1 74HC14 51
50

1 IC38 ST93C 46T

5

5 1
1 160

1 IC36
X4

7 TA80308 1
CN19

X2

121

14 13

(3) Engine PCB

TR7
2 1

D31 A K CN8 TR8 D30

A A 8
23

D20 A K D29 2 1 D40 IC49 74LS07 1

D27 R1 + D13 K D32 K

1

1 D33 CN9 IC47 74LS07 CN17 1 2 23 24 1 2

1
IC48 74HC14

FET5 D35 D34 11 12 1 CN10 11 19 17

1 TR4 IC46 D36 TD62308AF

TR6

22 21

CN5

D39

D37

D38

4 3

CN4

10 1

D28 K CN3 2 1 CN23 5

2 CN7 1

F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10

13

CN16

11

IC45 M66258FP

D19

1 IC40 OFF VYC359 D21 D22 D23

30

74HC 1 138 8 D24

D16 8

1 IC42 L81650 + D17 FET6

C12

D18

TR5 1

D25

CN6

IC44 74F244

1MS

9
100 31

IC41

C11

IC43 TD62304AF

A K

D14

D15

C10 + C9 + CN21 C8 5

74HC 374

11 IC33

+ 1 C7

+ CN1 C4

D12

IC25 74F32

33

32

AGC688

TR3

102

1 1 IC26 74HC14 IC27 74LS07 8

D11 M623 CN28 54FP 8

C2

81

80

51

50

1 IC19 AD818AR 1

C3

D10

1
19 25

1
82C54-2

AGC688

5 5

D8
18 26

IC8 IC22 74HC32

TP3

IC23 74HC08

100

1 48 33

IC16 74LS07

CN2

F3 1 1

IC14 74HC245

FET1
1 12

FET2
11

FET3
5

FET4 1 IC21 TA8415P

2 1

X10671

5 11
49 32

IC12 LM636IM 5 1

IC17 1

IC9 74HC14 D7 8

CN11

IC10 uPC39362

3-6-21
17

190-1

190 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-7 1-8 2-2 2-3 2-5 3-1 3-2 4-1 4-3 4-5 4-7 4-8 4-10 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-10 5-11 5-13 5-14 5-16 5-17 6-1 6-2 6-4 6-5 6-7 6-8 7-1 7-2 8-1 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 21-1 21-1 2-4 2-4 1-6 3-3 3-3 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 5-9 5-9 5-12 5-12 5-15 5-15 1-6 1-6 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks 24 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply for PSPCB, output 24 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input 5 V DC supply, input 5 V DC supply, input DM on/off, output 5 V DC supply for DM, output 24 V DC supply for DM, output 5 V DC supply for ESW, output ESW on/off, input 24 V DC supply for SSW3, output SSW3 on/off, input 24 V DC supply for SSW1, output SSW1 on/off, input 24 V DC supply for SSW2, output SSW2 on/off, input 24 V DC supply for PFCL, output PFCL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for RCL, output RCL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output BYPPFCL on/off, output 5 V DC supply for PSW, output PSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for RSW, output RSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output BYPPSW on/off, input 24 V DC supply for CL, output CL on/off, output PSSW1 scan signal, output (SCAN0) PSSW1 return signal, input PSSW2 scan signal, output (SCAN0) PSSW2 return signal, input PSSW3 scan signal, output (SCAN0) PSSW3 return signal, input PSSW4 scan signal, output (SCAN0) PSSW4 return signal, input BYPPSSW scan signal, output (SCAN4)

3-6-22

190 Terminals (CN) 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-16 8-17 8-19 8-20 8-22 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 9-18 9-20 9-21 9-24 10-2 * Optional. 21-1 21-1 21-1 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-15 8-15 8-15 8-15 8-18 8-18 8-21 8-21 8-6 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 9-5 9-5 9-5 1-6 1-6 9-19 21-1 21-1 1-6 10-1 Voltage 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 0/17.7 V DC 0/15.7 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/15.9 V DC Remarks BYPPSSW (1) return signal, input BYPPSSW (2) return signal, input BYPPSSW (3) return signal, input 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output HVTPCB (CHG) on/off, output HVTPCB DB control voltage, output HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output HVTPCB TC short detection signal, input HVTPCB MC short detection signal, input CFM1 on/off, output CFM1 high speed/low speed control signal, output CFM2 on/off, output CFM2 high speed/low speed control signal, output HVTPCB (TC CHG) on/off, output Imaging unit scan signal, output (SCAN4) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input (DEV A) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input (DEV B) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input (DEV C) TNS detection voltage, input 24 V DC supply for TNS, output TNS control voltage, output 24 V DC supply for DEVF, output Imaging unit new/old differentiation signal, input TFM on/off, output 5 V DC supply for DTH, output DTH detection voltage, input Feeder heater* on/off, output 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output

0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/16 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse)

24 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V AC 5 V DC 24/0 V DC 5 V DC

3-6-23

190 Terminals (CN) 10-3 11-1 11-2 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 13-1 13-2 13-4 13-5 13-7 13-8 13-10 13-11 13-12 13-13 13-14 13-15 13-17 13-18 14-1 14-2 14-3 14-4 15-1 15-5 15-7 16-1 16-3 * Optional. 10-1 21-1 21-1 12-5, -6 12-5, -6 12-4 12-5, -6 12-5, -6 12-5, -6 12-5, -6 12-4 12-4 13-3 13-3 1-6 1-6 13-6 13-6 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-16, -20 13-19 14-5, -6 14-5, -6 14-5, -6 14-5, -6 15-2, -3, -4 15-6 15-8 16-2 16-4 Voltage 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks OSSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for FTH, output FTH detection voltage, input 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output 5 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output (MOT A) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output (MOT _A) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output (MOT B) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output (MOT _B) MOTPCB motor control voltage, output MOTPCB DFM*/SM selection signal, output 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output ODSW on/off, input ISUH on/off, output 24 V DC supply for ISUH, output SHPSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output DFSDPCB* (SIZE4) on/off, input DFSDPCB* (SIZE3) on/off, input DFSDPCB* (SIZE2) on/off, input DFSDPCB* (SIZE1) on/off, input DFTSW* on/off, input DFSDPCB* (OD) on/off, input 5 V DC supply for DFSDPCB*, output DFSSW* on/off, input INPCB (EL) on/off, output INPCB (EL) on/off, output 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS2) CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS1) 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output CCDPCB control signal, output (RS1)

5/0 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 5/0 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC +12 V DC

5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse)

3-6-24

190 Terminals (CN) 16-5 16-7 16-9 16-11 16-13 17-1 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-7 17-9 17-10 17-12 18-1 18-2 18-3 18-4 18-5 18-6 18-7 18-8 18-9 18-10 18-11 18-12 18-13 18-14 18-15 18-16 18-17 18-18 18-19 18-20 18-21 * Optional. 16-6 16-8 16-10 16-12 16-14 17-2 17-6 17-2 17-6 17-8 17-8 17-11 17-11 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 Voltage 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC Remarks CCDPCB control signal, output (CCDCLK1) CCDPCB control signal, output (CCDCLK2) CCDPCB control signal, output [ROG (SH)] CCDPCB control signal, output [S/H (SP1)] CCDPCB control signal, output (CP1) LSU control signal, input (MSYNC) LSU control signal, output (PMOT) 24 V DC supply for LSU, output 5 V DC supply for LSU, output LSU control signal, output (VIDEO) LSU control signal, output (LDRDY) LSU control signal, output (ADJUST) LSU control signal, input (BD) 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output STPFCL1* on/off, output STPFCL2* on/off, output STPFCL3* on/off, output STFCL1* on/off, output STFCL2* on/off, output STFCL3* on/off, output STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN1) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN2) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN3) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS0) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS1) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS2) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS3) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS4) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS5) STMOTPCB* (STDM1) on/off, output STMOTPCB* (STDM2) on/off, output STMOTPCB* (STDM3) on/off, output 5 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output

3-6-25

190 Terminals (CN) 18-23 18-24 18-25 18-26 18-27 18-28 18-29 19-1 19-3 19-4 19-5 19-6 19-8 19-9 19-10 19-11 19-13 19-15 19-16 19-18 19-21 19-24 19-25 19-26 19-27 19-29 19-31 19-32 19-33 19-34 19-36 19-37 19-39 19-41 * Optional. 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 18-22 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks STMOTPCB* (STPSW1) on/off, input STMOTPCB* (STPSW2) on/off, input STMOTPCB* (STPSW3) on/off, input STFSW1* on/off, input STFSW2* on/off, input STFSW3* on/off, input STMOTPCB* STDM drive pulse signal, output MPCB control signal, output (SVCLK) MPCB control signal, output (SVD0) MPCB control signal, output (SVD1) MPCB control signal, output (SVD2) MPCB control signal, output (SVD3) MPCB control signal, output (SVD4) MPCB control signal, output (SVD5) MPCB control signal, output (SVD6) MPCB control signal, output (SVD7) MPCB control signal, input (CPRDY) MPCB control signal, input (_PRINT) MPCB control signal, output (_PVSYNC) MPCB control signal, output (_PHSYNC) MPCB control signal, output (SCINHI) MPCB control signal, output (_SRDY) MPCB control signal, input (_SCAN) MPCB control signal, input (PTIM) MPCB control signal, output (_SVSYNC) MPCB control signal, output (_SHSYNC) MPCB control signal, output (EPRDY) MPCB control signal, input (CMD) MPCB control signal, output (_STS) MPCB control signal, input (CCLK) MPCB control signal, output (_SBSY) MPCB control signal, output (_PRDY) MPCB control signal, output (PVCLK) MPCB control signal, input (_PVD0)

3-6-26

190 Terminals (CN) 19-42 19-44 21-2 21-3 21-4 21-5 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 21-1 Voltage 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) +12 V DC 12 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC Remarks MPCB control signal, output (_LSUOUT) MPCB control signal, output (_RSTWR) +12 V DC supply, input 12 V DC supply, input H off/on, output PRY off/on, output

3-6-27

190 (4) Motor PCB

4 D3

J1
+

E C B TR2 R4 R3
J3

494VO BD 3
1 CON3 J4 D1 D2

CI

TR2

D6
C6

TR1 R1 J2 IC1 D5 E C B LS07 8

C5

8
1 D4

J10

IC2 LS04

J5 J8

J8
CON2

R5 C4

J7

C2

8 7

R6

16 STK8711BMK4 J12 IC3 J13 J11

J14 C3

J16 J17 J15

1 12

J9 CON1 1

3592814 REV:1

J18

J19

3-6-28

190 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-10 1-11 1-12 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 1-7, -8 Voltage 5/0 V DC Remarks DF*/SM selection signal, input (MOTSEL) Motor control voltage, input (SMREF) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input (MOT _B) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input (MOT B) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input (MOT _A) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input (MOT A) 5 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input DFM* on/off, output DFM* motor coil energization pulse, output (_A) DFM* motor coil energization pulse, output (A) DFM* on/off, output DFM* motor coil energization pulse, output (_B) DFM* motor coil energization pulse, output (B) SM on/off, output SM motor coil energization pulse, output (_A) SM motor coil energization pulse, output (A) SM on/off, output SM motor coil energization pulse, output (_B) SM motor coil energization pulse, output (B)

5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC (pulse) 24/0 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC (pulse) 24/0 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC (pulse) 24/0 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC (pulse) 24/0 V DC (pulse)

* Optional.

3-6-29

190 (5) Operation unit PCB

CN1
CN2

Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-2 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-7 2-9 3-1 3-2 3-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 2-8 2-10 1-4 1-4 1-4

Voltage 24 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 12.7 V DC

Remarks 24 V DC supply from MPCB, input 5 V DC supply from MPCB, input MPCB control signal, input (SCLK) MPCB control signal, input (COM) MPCB control signal, output (STATUS) MPCB control signal, output (SIG1) MPCB control signal, input (SIG2) LCD control signal, output (D1) LCD control signal, output (FLM) LCD control signal, output (M) LCD control signal, output (CL1) LCD control signal, output (CL2) 5 V DC supply for LCD, output 12.7 V DC supply for LCD, output VR voltage, input (VR1) VR voltage, input (VR2) VR voltage, input (VR3)

3-6-30

190

3-6-4 Electrical problems

Problem (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. Causes No electricity at the power outlet. The power cord is not plugged in properly. The front cover is not closed completely. Broken power cord. Defective main switch. Blown fuse in the power source PCB. Defective safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Defective power source PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Measure the input voltage. Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet. Check the front cover.

Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord. Check for continuity across the contacts. If none, replace the main switch. Check for continuity. If none, remove the cause of blowing and replace the fuse. Check for continuity across the contacts of each switch. If none, replace the switch. With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN4-1 and CN3-6 on the power source PCB and 24 V DC at CN4-6, CN3-1 and CN3-4. If none, replace the power source PCB. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them. Check if the drive motor rotates when CN2-2 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB. Check the gear visually and replace the drive motor if necessary.

(2) The drive motor does not operate.

Poor contact in the drive motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Broken drive motor gear.

3-6-31

190 Problem (3) The scanner motor does not rotate. Causes Broken scanner motor coil. Poor contact in the scanner motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the scanner motor. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if CN12-12 on the engine PCB goes low and motor coil energizing pulses are input to each of CN12-7, CN12-8, CN12-9 and CN12-10 during the scanner initial operation immediately after the main switch is turned on. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check if the scanner motor rotates when CN1-1 on the engine PCB goes low and motor coil energizing pulses are input to each of CN1-3, CN1-4, CN1-5 and CN1-6 during the scanner initial operation immediately after the main switch is turned on. If not, replace the motor PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the toner feed motor. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Defective motor PCB.

(4) The toner feed motor does not rotate.

Broken toner feed motor coil. Poor contact in the toner feed motor connector terminals. Broken coil in cooling fan motor 1. Poor contact in the connector terminals of cooling fan motor 1. Defective engine PCB.

(5) Cooling fan motor 1 does not rotate.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 1. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if cooling fan motor 1 rotates when CN8-17 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-32

190 Problem (6) Cooling fan motor 2 does not rotate. Causes Broken cooling fan motor 2 coil. Poor contact in the cooling fan motor 2 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (7) The paper feed clutch does not operate. Broken paper feed clutch coil. Poor contact in the paper feed clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (8) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. Broken bypass paper feed clutch coil. Poor contact in the bypass paper feed clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 2. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if cooling fan motor 2 rotates when CN8-20 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper feed clutch. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if the paper feed clutch operates when CN5-2 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the bypass paper feed clutch. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if the bypass paper feed clutch operates when CN5-6 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-33

190 Problem (9) The registration clutch does not operate. Causes Broken registration clutch coil. Poor contact in the registration clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (10) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. Poor contact in the cleaning lamp connector terminals. Defective cleaning lamp. Defective engine PCB. (11) The exposure lamp does not turn on (C10). Poor contact in the exposure lamp connector terminals. Defective inverter PCB. Defective engine PCB. (12) The exposure lamp does not turn off. Defective inverter PCB. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the registration clutch. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check if the registration clutch operates when CN5-4 on the engine PCB is held low. If it does, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them. Check for one-way continuity across each LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none, replace the cleaning lamp. If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN5-17 on the engine PCB is held low, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

If the exposure lamp does not turn on when CN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB are held low, replace the inverter PCB. If the exposure lamp turns on when CN14-1 and CN14-2 on the engine PCB are held low, replace the engine PCB. If the exposure lamp does not turn off with CN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB high, replace the inverter PCB. If CN14-1 and CN14-2 on the engine PCB are always low, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-34

190 Problem (13) The fixing heater does not turn on (C60). Causes Broken wire in the fixing heater. Fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2 triggered. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. (14) The fixing heater does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C60). Dirty sensor in the fixing unit thermistor. Defective power source PCB. Defective engine PCB. Broken main charger wire. Leaking charger housing. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the heater. If none, replace the fixing heater (see page 3-3-32). Check for continuity across each thermostat. If none, remove the cause and replace the thermostat. Measure the resistance. If it is , replace the fixing unit thermistor. Check visually and clean the thermistor sensor. If the fixing heater stays on with CN5-3 on the power source PCB high, replace the power source PCB. If CN21-4 on the engine PCB is always low, replace the engine PCB. See page 3-6-4.

(15) Main charging is not performed (C51).

3-6-35

190 Problem (16) Transfer charging is not performed (C52). Causes Broken transfer wire. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective main PCB. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. (17) No developing bias voltage is output. Poor contact in the developing bias wire. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Defective engine PCB. (18) The original size is not detected. Defective original detection switch. Check the developing bias wire. If there is any problem, replace it. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them. Check procedures/corrective measures See page 3-6-3.

Check if the developing bias is output during copying when CN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. Check if CN8-9 on the engine PCB goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. If the level of CN13-2 on the engine PCB does not change when the original detection switch is turned on and off, replace the original detection switch.

3-6-36

190 Problem (19) The original size is not detected correctly. Causes Original is not placed correctly. Poor contact in the original size switch connector terminals. Defective original size switch. Check procedures/corrective measures Check the original and set it correctly. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

With 5 V DC present at CN10-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN10-3 goes low when an original is set on the original size switch. If not, replace the original size switch. If CN5-8 on the engine PCB remains high when paper is set in the drawer, replace the paper switch.

(20) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the drawer. (21) The size of paper in the bypass is not displayed correctly.

Defective paper switch.

Poor contact in the bypass paper size switch connector terminals. Defective bypass paper size switch.

Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check for continuity across CN8-1 and each of CN8-2, CN8-3 and CN8-4. Change the position of the bypass slider and check if the continuity status changes depending on the position of the slider. If no change, replace the bypass paper size switch. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

(22) The size of paper in the drawer is not displayed correctly.

Poor contact in the connector terminals of paper size switch 1, 2, 3 or 4. Defective paper size switch 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Check for continuity across each of paper size switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 as each switch is turned on. If none, replace paper size switch 1, 2, 3 or 4.

3-6-37

190 Problem (23) A paper jam is indicated on the message display immediately after the main switch is turned on. Causes A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around the registration switch or eject switch. Defective registration switch. Check procedures/corrective measures Check and remove if any.

With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the engine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-1 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-2 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Defective eject switch.

(24) The message requesting the front cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed. (25) The message requesting the right side cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed. (26) The message requesting the eject cover to be closed is displayed when it is already closed.

Poor contact in the connector terminals of safety switch 1. Defective safety switch 1.

Check for continuity across the contacts of safety switch 1. If there is no continuity when the switch is on, replace safety switch 1. Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Poor contact in the connector terminals of safety switch 2. Defective safety switch 2.

Check for continuity across the contacts of safety switch 2. If there is no continuity when the switch is on, replace safety switch 2.

Poor contact in the connector terminals of safety switch 3. Defective safety switch 3.

Check for continuity across the connector terminals. If none, replace them.

Check for continuity across the contacts of safety switch 3. If there is no continuity when the switch is on, replace safety switch 3.

3-6-38

190

3-6-5 Mechanical problems

Problem (1) No primary paper feed. Causes/check procedures Check if the paper feed pulley or bypass paper feed pulley is dirty with paper powder. Check if the paper feed pulley or bypass paper feed pulley is deformed. (2) No secondary paper feed. (3) Skewed paper feed. Check if the right or left registration roller is dirty with paper powder. Check if the front or rear claw of the drawer is deformed. Check if the drawer spring is deformed. Check if the scanner wires are loose. Check if the screws holding the wire retainers are loose. Check if the scanner drive belt is out of place. (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. Check if the front or rear claw of the drawer is deformed. Check if the drawer spring is deformed. Check if the paper is excessively curled. (6) Paper jams. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Check if the front or rear claw of the drawer is deformed. Check if the drawer spring is deformed. Corrective measures If dirty, clean with isopropyl alcohol. Replace any deformed or worn pulley (see page 3-3-3, 4). If dirty, clean with isopropyl alcohol. Repair or replace. Repair or replace. Reinstall the scanner wires (see page 3-3-10). Reinstall the scanner wires (see page 3-3-10). Reinstall the belt. Repair or replace. Repair or replace. Change the paper. Change the paper. Repair or replace. Repair or replace.

(4) The scanner does not travel.

3-6-39

190 Problem (6) Paper jams. Causes/check procedures Check if the contact between the right and left registration rollers is correct. Check if the fixing unit front guide is deformed. Check if the fixing unit upper guide is deformed. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. Check if the contact between the heat roller and the heat roller separation claws is correct. Check if the contact between the lower eject roller and the upper eject pulley is correct. (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. (8) Abnormal noise is heard. Check if the developing section of the imaging unit is extremely dirty. Corrective measures If there is any problem, repair.

Repair or replace. Repair or replace. Clean or replace the press roller (see page 3-3-35). Repair if any springs are off the separation claws.

If there is any problem, repair.

Clean the developing section of the imaging unit.

Check if the pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly. Check if the paper feed clutch, bypass paper feed clutch and registration clutch are installed correctly.

Apply grease to the bushings and gears. If there is any problem, repair.

3-6-40

190-1

CONTENTS 3-7 Appendixes

Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3 Power source PCB (120 V area) .................................................................... 3-7-4 Power source PCB (220 240 V area) ....................................................... 3-7-4-1 Main PCB 1/25 .............................................................................................. 3-7-5 Main PCB 2/25 .............................................................................................. 3-7-6 Main PCB 3/25 .............................................................................................. 3-7-7 Main PCB 4/25 .............................................................................................. 3-7-8 Main PCB 5/25 .............................................................................................. 3-7-9 Main PCB 6/25 ............................................................................................ 3-7-10 Main PCB 7/25 ............................................................................................ 3-7-11 Main PCB 8/25 ............................................................................................ 3-7-12 Main PCB 9/25 ............................................................................................ 3-7-13 Main PCB 10/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-14 Main PCB 11/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-15 Main PCB 12/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 13/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17 Main PCB 14/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18 Main PCB 15/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19 Main PCB 16/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20 Main PCB 17/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-21 Main PCB 18/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-22 Main PCB 19/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-23 Main PCB 20/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-24 Main PCB 21/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-25 Main PCB 22/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-26 Main PCB 23/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-27 Main PCB 24/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-28 Main PCB 25/25 .......................................................................................... 3-7-29 Engine PCB 1/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-30 Engine PCB 2/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-31 Engine PCB 3/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-32 Engine PCB 4/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-33 Engine PCB 5/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-34 Engine PCB 6/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-35 Engine PCB 7/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-36 Engine PCB 8/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-37 Engine PCB 9/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-38 Engine PCB 10/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-39 Engine PCB 11/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-40 Engine PCB 12/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-41 Motor PCB ................................................................................................... 3-7-42 Operation unit PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-43 Connection diagram .................................................................................... 3-7-44

1-1-27

190

Timing chart No. 1 From main switch on to stabilization

MSW: ON 60 s High temperature 190C/374F Approx. 1C/1.8F Approx. 1C/1.8F Approx. 1C/1.8F Preheat mode

Secondary stabilization 165C/329F fixing temperature Preheat temperature Primary stabilization fixing temperature 150C/302F 120C/248F

ON H CN1-4 OFF ON DB REM CN8-9 OFF

7s

100 ms ON DM CN2-1 OFF Full speed Half speed OFF Full speed Half speed 100 ms STDM1 CN18-18 STDM2 CN18-19 STDM3 CN18-20 ON OFF 2000 ms

100 ms

5 15 s

CFM1

CN8-17

0 600 s 5s

CFM2

CN8-20

3-7-1

190

Timing chart No. 2 Printing the image onto a sheet of paper fed from the drawer or bypass table

START KEY 100 ms PM MSYNC DM DB REM MC REM DB CHG CN17-3 CN17-1 CN2-2 100 ms CN8-9 400 ms CN8-7 CN8-10 5.00 V 3.98 V 3.49 V 2.82 V 2.16 V 100 ms 5 5.00 V 3.98 V 3.49 V 2.82 V 2.16 V 1.44 V 50 ms 2 At least 500 ms and after the laser diode has been turned on. Chatter removal 20 ms 4 50 ms

50 ms 2 1200 ms 100 ms

GRID CONT CN8-12

1.44 V

400 ms 150 ms 100 ms 3 5.00 V 4.05 V 3.04 V 2.03 V 1.01 V 100 ms 4 4.05 V 3.04 V 2.03 V 1.01 V

DB CONT

CN8-11

100 ms 3 500 ms 150 ms PFCL BYPPFCL RSW RCL PVSYNC ESW TC REM CN3-2 650 ms CN8-8 470 ms Pre-feed command PRINT and SVSYNC signals (during copying) PRINT signal (during printing) 3800 ms CN5-2 CN5-6 CN5-11 500 ms CN5-4 100 ms*2 230 ms*3 130 190 ms*4 230 290 ms*5 5 105 ms Slack formed 300 ms*1

150 ms

*1: Paper fed from the drawer or bypass table *2: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option) *3: Paper fed from the bypass table *4: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option) *5: Paper fed from the bypass table

3-7-2

190

Timing chart No. 3 Scanning the image off an original placed on the contact glass

SCAN signal

SM CN12-7 CN12-12

Fwd.

560 800 P

992 P

Rev. EL CN14-1 CN14-2 100 ms 2500 P 20 ms 50 ms 40 ms

120 ms SVSYNC During scanning: 446 686 P During copying: 398 638 P

SHPSW CN13-7

3-7-3

190-1

Power source PCB (120 V area)

A B C D E F G H I J

L
CN1 1 F1 F3 C1 VZ1 L1 R1 C2 NTH1 C34 R9 C33 R8 D2

L3

T1

D101 R101

FB102 R102 PC1_1 R104 R103 R106 C104 R107 ZD102 RL1

F101

1 CN3 2 CN3

+24 V +24 V IN +24 V +24 V GND +5 V +5 V GND +12 V 12 V

ZD103 D102

R4 DB1 C7

C8

R2 C103 C101

F102 D103 RL1 F103

3 CN3 4 CN3 5 CN3

C102 ZD101

N
CN1 2

F2

R5

D1

R105

Q101

PC1_2 6 CN3 F201 Q102 R110 7 CN3 8 CN3 9 CN3 10 CN3

C202 R201 Q1 L201 ZD2

1 5

3
ZD1 C6

FB201

2 3 4

FB2

R15

R6 R3 C201
+

VR201

R202

IC201

FB202

C204

R203

D201

D403

L202 C203

1 CN4 2 CN4 3 CN4 4 CN4 5 CN4 6 CN4

D4 FG C14 D5 C10 C11

+

R16
+

D3

C31

C32

+5 V GND +12 V 12 V GND +24 V

R10

C9

D301

D302 IC301

ZD301 D303 F301

1 TR151

R51

R14

CN2 CR51

C301 PTR151 R52 PTR151 R108 R13 IC1

C302

5
1 CN5 FG 2 CN5 3 CN5

N
CN2

2 L51 C12

RY 24 V GND H REM

R12

R11

C13

C401

C402

D402

PC1_1

D401 IC401

R401

ZD401

R7

F401

PC1_2

3-7-4

190-1

Power source PCB (220 240 V area)

A B C D E F G H I J

L
CN1 1 F1 F3 C33 VZ1 C1 VZ2 C34 L1 R1 C2 C4 C3 L2 C5 NTH1 R8 D2

L3

T1

D101 R101

FB102 R102 PC1_1 R104 R103 R106 C104 R107 ZD102 RL1

F101

1 CN3 2 CN3

+24 V +24 V IN +24 V +24 V GND +5 V +5 V GND +12 V 12 V

ZD103 D102

R4 DB1 C7

C8

R2 C103 C101

F102 D103 RL1 F103

3 CN3 4 CN3 5 CN3

C102 ZD101

N
CN1 2

F2

R5

D1

R105

Q101

PC1_2 6 CN3 F201 Q102 R110 7 CN3 8 CN3 9 CN3 10 CN3

R9 FB31 ZD1 ARS1 R14 ZD2

C202 R201 Q1 L201

1 5

FB201

2 3 4

R15

R6 R3 C201
+

FB1 VR101

R202

IC201

FB202

C204

R203

D201

D403

L202 C203

1 CN4 2 CN4 3 CN4 4 CN4 5 CN4 6 CN4

D4 FG C14 D5 C10 C11

+

R16
+

D3

C31

C32

+5 V GND +12 V 12 V GND +24 V

R10

C9

D301

D302 IC301

ZD301 D303 F301

1 TR151

R51
+ +

CN2 C51

C301 PTR151 R52 PTR151 R108 R13 IC1

C302

5
1 CN5 FG 2 CN5 3 CN5 ZD401

N
CN2

R53 2 L51

RY 24 V GND H REM R REM

C12

R7

6
R12 R11 CN6 1 TR161 R51 PC1_1 CN6 2

4 CN5

C13

C401

C402

D402

D401 IC401

R401

F401

C61 R63 L61

PTR161 R62

PTR161 PC1_2 R109

7
N
CN6 3

3-7-4-1 3-7-5

190-1

This page is intentionally left blank.

4 4

3-7-6

190-1

Main PCB 1/25

A
004_03A

B
AD(15:0)

15

14

13

12 11

10

9 8

5 4

3 2

004_02A

AB(23:1)

1
R149 R148 R147 R146 R145 R144 102 R143 101 R142 100 99 98 97

107

106

105

104

103

96 95

94

93 92

91

90

89 88

87 86

85

84

22

21 20 19 18

17 16

15

A23

A22

A21

A20

A19

A18 A17

A16

AD15 AD14

AD13 AD12

AD11

AD10

AD9

AD8

AD7

AD6

AD5

AD4

AD3 AD2

AD1

AD0

P07

P06

P05

P04

P03

P02 P01

P00

GND 112 115 114 113 117 116 119 7 9 3 2 118 14 80 79 78 77 36 35 34 33 32 31 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 56 55 54 41 37 39 R151 R118 R116 R117 CSSEL_ ECMD 023_01D KPSD0 KPSCLK 026_02A 026_02A 004_05F ESVSYNC_ 012_02F R124 R126 R125 DACK1_ DACK0_ FIFDRST2 KPSIGI FIFDRST1_ FIFDRST0_ KPSIG0 004_03E 004_03E 016_01E 026_02B. 016_01G 016_01F 026_02B R128 R127 R154 GND RAS_ REFRQ_ 004_03E 004_03D R136 R135 R134 R133 R132 R131 R130 R129
+5V

2
027_09A CPUX1 +5V R102 R101 RESET_ GND

12 11 110

X2 X1 D8H16L

ASTB RD WRL WRH IORD IOWR DEX

ASTB_ RD_ WRL_ WRH_ IORD_ IOWR_ DEX_ R153 SYSCLK

004_03D 004_03D 004_03D 004_03D 004_03D 004_03D 004_03E 004_09G

004_09G

8 6

RST CLKO POLL HREQ RDY WDTO HACK BUSLOCK RAS REFREQ

3
004_03E READY
GND

4 5

R103 R104 76 75 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R105 R106 62 R107 61 60 59 DREQ1_P81 DREQ0_P80 INT5_P16 INT4_P15 INT3_P14_TI INT2_P13 INT1_P12 INT0_P11 NMI_P10 PD7_P47 PD6_P46 PD5_P45 ANI3_P63 ANI2_P62 ANI1_P61 ANI0_P60 PD4_P44 PD3_P43 PD2_P42 PD1_P41 PD0_P40
+5V

TCE1 TCE0 DACK1 DACK0 TO30_P25

020_10D 008_09C

DREQ1 DREQ0 INTRC_ INTVC_ INTCPD_ INTOP_ INTACE

010_09C 016_10E 004_03E 020_10D 008_09C

IC1

TO21_P24 TO20_P23 TOO1_P22 TOO0_P21 PWM_P20

+5V

GND 63

AVREF

BUSY_P52 ACK_P51 DSTB_P50

+5V

R152 R110 43 42 38 40

023_01E 023_01E 026_02B

ECCLK ESTS KPSDI

CTS1_SCK1_P36 RXD1_SI1_P35

TXD1_SO1_P34 TXD0_SB0_P30

RXD0_SB1_P31
RTP7_P77 RTP6_P76 RTP5_P75 RTP4_P74 DGND6 DGND5 DGND4 DGND3 DGND2 DGND1

TXC_SCK0_P32
RTP3_P73 RTP2_P72 RTP1_P71 RTP0_P70 DVCC7 DVCC6 DVCC5 DVCC4 DVCC3 DVCC2 DVCC1

CTS0_P33
AGND AVCC NC1 ICH

64

58

120

83

108 81 74 57

44

10

109

82

65 53

23 13

111

ICL

73 72 71

70

69

68

67

66

GND R112 SELDP2 021_02F

7
+5V +5V +5V GND

R111

+5V

7
CPU

+5V

C101

C102

C103

C104

C105

C106

C107

C108

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C114

+5V

GND

R114

8
GND GND GND

3-7-5

190-1

3-7-6
+5V

Main PCB 2/25

A
208 207 206 204 205 203 202 198 199 197 196 195 194 192 193 191 189 187 188 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 GND 208 AD0 AD1 AD2 AD4 AD3 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 RDL VSS VSS VDD AB17 AB16 AB18 AB19 AB20 AB21 AB22 AB23 AD10 AD9 AD12 AD11 AD14 AD13 AD15 RASL DEKL WRLL WRHL IORDL ASTBL IOWRL 207 206 204 205 203 202 201 200 198 199 197 196 194 195 192 193 191 190 189 187 188 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 DACK0L DACK1L RESETL READYL REFRQL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 WFLML CSCGL VSS CSSRML WSRML WDRML CSSEL MBCS IMRDL IMWRL IMASL IMWAITL AENL BEQ0L BEQ1L BEQ2L BACK0L BACK1L BACK2 INTCPDL VSS SAB15 SAB14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 SAB11 SAB10 SAB9 SAB8 VDD 44 45 46 47 47 48 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SAB7 SAB6 SAB5 SAB4 SAB3 VSS 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 SAB2 SAB1 SDB15 SDB14 SDB13 41 42 43 42 41 39 40 37 36 34 35 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 14 12 CSOP2L CSFLML VDD 9 10 8 CSACEL CSOP0L CSOP1L 7 CSRCL 6 CSVCL 5 CSFIPL 4 BEEP 3 CSMODL 2 VSS

OPDIR OPENHL OPENLL VDD VSS SYSCLK VSS TST1 TST0 CLK16M VSS CLK32M VSS MENL MDIR SCAS0LL SCAS1LL SCAS2LL SCAS3LL SCAS4LL SCAS0UL VDD SCAS1UL SCAS2UL SCAS3UL SCAS4UL VSS SRASL ICAS0L

168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139

168 166

B C D
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

163

159

157 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148

146 145 144 143 141 140 139

IC2

ICAS1L ICAS2L ICAS3L ICAS4L ICAS5L ICAS6L

138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 VSS IRAS0: IRAS1L MAB0 MAB1 MAB2 MAB3 MAB4 MAB5 MAB6 MAB7 VSS MAB8 MAB9 IDB0 IDB1 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 ICAS7L ICAS8L VDD

138 137

ASIC CPD

E
SAB13 SAB12 VSS

136 135 134 133 132

129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122

F
44 45 46

48 49 50

121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 SDB8 VSS 62 63 64 VDD 63 64 SDB7 SDB6 SDB5 IDB5 IDB6 IDB7 IDB8 VSS IDB9 59 60 61 62 110 109 108 107 106 105

121 120 118 117 116 115 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 105 SDB12 SDB11 SDB10 SDB9 VDD IDB2 IDB3 IDB4

G H I
CPD

G H

IDB15

IDB14

IDB13

IDB12

IDB11

IDB10

VDD

IA23 VSS

IA22

IA21

IA19 IA20

IA17 IA18

IA15 IA16

IA14

IA13

IA11 IA12

IA10

VSS

IA9

IA8

IA7

IA6

IA5

IA4

IA3

IA2

IA1

IA0

SIOWL

SIORL

SDB4

SDB3 65 65

SDB2 66 66

SDB0 SDB1 67 67

100

101

102

103

104

69 68 69 68

70 70

71 71

72

73 73

75 74 75 74

76 76

77 77

79 78 79 78

81 80 81 80

82 82

83 83

84 84

86 85 86 85

87 87

88 88

89 89

90 90

91 91

92 92

93 93

94 94

95 95

96

97

98 98

99 99

100

101

102

103

104

CPDBUS(208:1)

004_01A

190-1

Main PCB 3/25

A
003_11A

B
CPDBUS(208:1)

1
AB(23:16) AD(15:0) 182 23 183 22 184 21 185 20 186 19 002_02A.005_01B 002_02A 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 42 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IORD_ IOWR_ WRH_ WRL_ RD_ ASTB_ REFRQ_ DACK1_ DACK0_ READY INTCPD_ RAS_ DEX_ 002_10B 002_10B 002_10B 002_10B 002_10B.005_01E 002_10B 002_10C 002_10D.020_97D 002_10D.008_02C 002_02C 002_02D 002_10C 002_10C SCASH_ (4:0) 022_04A 143 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 4 3 2 1 0 4 3 2 1 0 4 5 IC73 +5V +5V 9 10 IC73 GND 8 RDVC_ 016_02D 6 RDRC_ SCASL_ (4:0) 022_04C 16 13 17 18 19 9 CSSRM_ WRFLM_ WRSRM_ WRDRM_ CSSEL_ CSOPEX_ 006_02C 005_01E 006_02D 007_01E 002_10F.023_08B 020_07E 21 22 24 20 23 IRD_ IWR_ IWAIT_ MBCS IAS_ 155 008_09F 008_09F 016_10E 008_09F 010_02D 163 010_09B R282 R283 R284 R285 +5V 157 159 173 SYSCLK CLK32M CLK16M RESET_ 002_10C.018_02G 027_09B 008_02B 002_02C.005_01E 154 168 166 OMEN_ OMDIR OPDIR OPLEN_ 021_02D 021_02D 020_02C 020_02C 144 145 146 148 149 150 151 152 153 4 5 6 7 8 70 71 141 12 CSFIP_ CSVC_ CSRC_ CSACE_ CSOP_ SIORD_ SIOWR_ SRAS_ CSFLM_ 012_02D 016_02D 018_09A 008_02C 020_07E 008_02C 008_02C 022_02E. 005_01E 44 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SAB(15:1) SDB(15:0) 005_01B 005_01A +5V 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 98 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IDB(15:0) 99 15 R266 R267 R268 R269 R270 R271 R272 R273 R274 R275 R276 R277 R278 R279 R280 +5V R281 GND R308 R242 R243 R244 R245 R246 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251 R252 R253 R254 R255 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 R261 R262 R263 R264 +5V R265 008_02E 136 137 138 139 140 29 30 31 26 27 28 25 R302 R303 R304 R305 R306 ICAS4_ ICAS3_ ICAS2_ ICAS1_ ICAS0_ BACK1_ BACK2_ BACK3 BREQ1_ BREQ2_ BREQ3 AEN 025_02E 025_02E 025_02E 025_02E 009_02C 016_05E 010_09C 008_02F. 016_05E 010_09C 008_09F 008_09F 117 118 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 R286 R287 R288 R289 R290 R291 R292 R293 R294 R295 R296 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IRAS0_ IAB (23:0) MAB (9:0) 008_09C 009_02A

R211 R212 R213 R214 R215 R216 R217 R218 R219 R221 R220 R222 R223 R224 R225 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 R231 R232 R233 R234 R235 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 R241

187 18 188 17 189 16 191 192 193 194 195 196

009_02C

197 198 199 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 176 177 180 179 178 181 169 170 171

100 14 101 13 102 12 103 11 104 10 105 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 115 116 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

172 32 175 174

CPD PIN

C201

C202

C203

C204

C205

C206

C207

C208

C209

C210

C211

C212

C213

C214

C215

C216

C217

C218

8
GND GND

3-7-7

190

Main PCB 4/25

A B C D E F G H I J

004_05A.006_02A 004_02A.021_05A 004_04A.006_02A

SDB (15:0) AB (23:16) SAB (15:1)

IC4

3
512Kx16 EEPROM 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 16 17 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 12 26 28 11 47 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC4 RST CS OE WE BYTE GND2 GND1 NC3 NC2 NC1 BSY VCC 13 10 9 15 37 C303 46 27 C304 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29 +5V R309 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V

4 3 2 1

004_09G.006_08F

RESET_ CSFLM_ RD_ WRFLM_ +5V

004_05F 004_03D.006_02D 004_05F

GND

FLASH MEMORY

3-7-8

190

Main PCB 5/25

A B C D E F G H I J

005_01A.007_01A 005_01B.007_01A

SDB (15:0) SDA (15:1) IC5 32Kx8 SRAM 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 C407 5 4 3 GND 2 5 VCC 4 IC38 3 GND GND GND 20 22 27 CS OE WE GND 14 28 VCC L401 C401 1 1 26 2 23 21 24 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

3
004_05F CSSRM_

1 2

R410

GND

4
005_01E.007_01E 004_05F RD_ WRSRM_

+5V

5
2 1
TR1

R401

R403

D1

R409

TR2 1 3 2 R402 BAT1 R405

6
C406 5 VCC 4 +5V 1 2 GND RESET_ 005_01E.008_02C

IC35 + R407 7 VCC 2 1 5 R408 C404 RSTIN NC1 CT GND 4 6 RST+ 8 NC3 3 NC2

3 GND IC37 C403 GND

7
GND

GND

SRAM & BACKUP

3-7-9

190-1

Main PCB 6/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
006_02A.008_02A 006_02A.008_02A SDB (15:0) SAB (15:1)

IC7

1Mx16 DRAM 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 40 36 20 19 16 15 11 18 34 35 33 17 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC7 NC6 NC5 NC4 NC3 NC2 NC1 RAS CASU CASL OE WE VCC3 VCC2 VCC1 GND3 GND2 GND1 25 6 1 C508 50 45 26 GND OMRAS_ OMCAS0H_ OMCAS0L_ RD_ WRDRM_ C509 C510 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 41 10 9 8 7 5 4 3 2 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V

022_09E 022_09C 022_09E 006_02D.021_06E 004_05F.021_06E

DRAM & SP AMP

3-7-10

190-1

Main PCB 7/25

A
'007_01A.010_02A'

B
SDB (15:0) SAB(15:1)

'007_01A.010_02A'

1
3 2 1 91 92 93 94 IOA3 IOA2 IOA1 IOA0 IC13
GND

IOD15 IOD14 IOD13 IOD12 IOD11 IOD10 IOD9 IOD8 IOD7 IOD6

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 14 13 12 11 98 99 77 76 75 74 72 71 70 69 67 66 65 64 63 62 59 58 56 55 54 51 50 49 48 47 88 89 84 85 86

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INTACE DREQ0 IAB(23:0) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R803 R804 AEN MBCS IRD_ IWR_ BREQ3

2
CLK16M RESET_ CSACE_ SIORD_ SIOWR_ DACK0_ 8 95 4 5 6 3 100 46 15
GND

ACEE

'004_09G.010_02C' '006_08F.010_09B' '004_05E'

CLK RST CS IORD IOWR UBE DACK D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

IOD5 IOD4 IOD3 IOD2 IOD1 IOD0 INT DREQ RFR_RLR_A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2

'004_05E.012_02D' '004_05E.010_02F' '004_03E'

3
'002_02D' '002_02D' '004_06A.010_09F'

45 44 43 42 41 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30

14 13 12

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IDB (15:0) +5V +5V +5V

5
'004_06D.009_02A'

R801 R802

97 78

IC2 IC1 RC64L 128H RDY GND13 GND12 GND11 MACK GND10

A1 A0 AEN MBCS MRD MWR GND9 GND8 GND7 GND6 GND5 GND4 GND3 GND2 GND1 VCC8 VCC7 VCC6 VCC5 VCC4 VCC3 VCC2 VCC1 MREQ

81 82 BACK3 83

6
'004_10E' '004_07F' '004_07F.009_02C' '004_07F.009_02C' '004_10D'

'004_10D'

96

87

73

61

57

53

15

90

80

79

68

60

52

40

29

28

10

7
+5V +5V
GND

C801

C802

C803

C804

C805

C806

C823

C824

8
GND

ACEE

3-7-11

190

Main PCB 8/25

A B C D E F G H I J

'008_02E, 010_02F' '004_10A, 025_03A'

IDB (15:0) MAB (9:0)

2
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 11 10 21 6 8 23 22 7

IC14 512K8DRAM A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC2 NC1 RAS CAS OE WE IC15 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

2
27 26 25 24 5 4 3 2
+5V

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

14 VCC2 1 VCC1

C807

C808

'004_10C, 025_02E' '004_10D' '008_09F, 010_02D' '008_09F, 010_02D'

IRAS0_ ICAS0_ IRD_ IWR_

4
GND2 GND1 28 15

GND

512K8DRAM 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 11 10 21 6 8 23 22 7 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC2 NC1 RAS CAS OE WE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

27 26 25 24 5 4 3 2
+5V

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

VCC2 VCC1

14 1
C809 C810

GND2 GND1

28 15

7
GND

BIT MAP MEM

3-7-12

190-1

Main PCB 9/25

A
'008_02A, 012_02B'

B
SDB (15:0)

15

14

13 12 11

10

8 7

6 5

'008_02A, 012_02A'

SAB (15:1)
6 5 4 3 2 1

CSRC_ RDRC_

'004_05E' '004_06G' '008_02C, 012_02D'

+5V RESET_ GND

80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67

GND
66 65 64 63 62 61

GND
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

CPA5

CPA4

CPA3

CPA2

CPA1

CPA0

VSS CPD15 CPD14

VSS

VSS CPD4

CPD1 CPD0 CSL

RESETL

CPD13

CPD12 CPD11

CPD10

VDD

CPD9

CPD8 CPD7

CPD6

CPD5

CPD3 CPD2

RDL WRL

2
GND GND

2
IRQL VDD VSS 50 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
+5V +5V

81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

'008_02B, 016_10E'

CLK16M

VSS CLK16M VSS TST5 TST4 TST3 TST2 TST1 TST0 VSS VDD IMASL IMWRL IMRDL TST6 VDD VSS IMD0 IMD1 IMD2
IMD10 IMD11 IMD12 IMD13 IMD14 IMD15 IMA9 IMA10

INTRC_

'002_02D'

49
GND

IMBREQL IMBACKL IMA23 IMA22 IC16 RC IMA21 IMA20 VDD VSS IMA19 IMA18 IMA17 IMA16 IMA15 IMA14 IMA13 IMA12 VSS
IMA11 IMD3 IMD4 IMD5 IMD6 IMD7 VSS IMD8 IMD9 IMA0 IMA1 IMA2 IMA3 VDD IMA4 VSS IMA5 IMA6 IMA7 IMA8 VDD VSS

BREQ2_ BACK2_ 23 22 21 20

'004_10D' '004_10D'

3
GND +5V

90 91 92 93 94 95 96

41
GND

'004_07F, 016_10E' '009_02C, 016_10D' '009_02C, 016_10D'

IAS_ IWR_ IRD_

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

+5V

GND

4
GND

97 98 99 100

0 1 2

2 3

10 11 12

13

14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29 30

GND

GND GND

GND

+5V
10 11 12 13 14

+5V
15 5 6 7 8 9

1 2

'009_02A, 017_06A'

9 10 11

IDB (15:0)

3 4

IAB (23:0) +5V

IC75 IC76 6 5 2B 2A 1B 1A GND 4 1Y

6
SIOWR_ SYSCLK
2 3

'008_09C, 016_10B'

+5V
IC75 S Q 5 6 12 11 QC R 1

+5V

10 D T S

'008_02C, 012_02D' '004_09G'

D T

9 8

8 VCC

2Y

3 7

C820 SIOWR2_ '016_02D'

QC R 13

2 1

+5V +5V +5V IC75 C811 C812 C813 C814 C815 C816 C817 C819 7 14 +5V

7
RC

GND

8
GND GND

3-7-13

190-1

3-7-14
+5V

Main PCB 10/25

A
206 204 203 200 201 198 199 197 196 194 195 192 191 189 190 187 186 185 184 181 180 179 178 177 176 174 173 172 171 170 169 GND 208 VDD VDD GND GND GND PTIM GND TOUT FI4D7 FI4D6 FI4D5 FI4D4 FI4D3 FI4D2 EK1D7 EK1D6 EK1D5 EK1D4 EK1D2 EK1D3 EK0D7 VDD EK1D0 EK1D1 EK0D6 EK0D5 GND EK0D4 EK0D3 EK0D2 EK0D1 EK0D0 RRS2L SCINHI WRS2L 207 206 204 205 203 202 201 200 198 199 197 196 194 195 192 193 191 190 189 187 188 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 NITIOUT FVSYNCL FHSYNCL SVSYNCL SHSYNCL 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 D0 D1 D2 GND D3 D4 D5 17 17 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 D10 GND D11 D12 D13 GND FIP 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 IORDL IOWRL IDIN0 IDIN1 IDIN2 IDIN3 IDIN4 IDIN5 IDIN6 51 52 53 54 IDIN7 GND GND VDD 55 56 58 59 60 61 63 64 55 56 57 58 59 60 GND WR1L OE1L GND SA10 SA11 SA12 SA13 GND SA14 SA15 SA110 SA111 SA112 SA210 SA211 SA212 WR2L OE2L SD10 SD11 SD13 SD12 SD15 SD14 GND VDD SD16 SD17 SA16 SA17 SA18 SA19 VDD SA20 GND SA21 SA22 SA23 SA24 SA25 SA26 SA27 SA28 SA29 GND GND GND GND VDD VDD 61 62 63 64 48 49 50 41 42 43 GND FIPCSL 36 37 38 VDD D14 D15 D8 D9 D7 GND VDD IC17 25 20 21 15 16 A7 TIN TEB VDD A6 A4 A5 A3 A2 A1 6 7 8 9 10 11 GND RESETL GND GND FI4D1 FI4D0 VDD FI3D7 FI3D6 FI3D5 FI3D4 FI3D3 FI3D2 FI3D1 FI3D0 VDD GND GND XTAL GND FI2D7 FI2D6 FI2D5 FI2D4 FI2D3 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 VDD GND FI1D7 FI1D6 FI1D5 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 FI1D1 FI1D0 GND 136 135 134 133 132 RWRSIL FIPCLK GND VDD MREOUT MREFIP GND FI0D7 FI0D6 FI0D5 FI0D4 47 GND FI0D3 FI0D2 FI0D1 FI0D0 GND VDD SD27 SD26 SD25 SD24 GND SD23 SD22 SD21 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 SD20 GND GND 105 115 114 113 112 110 109 108 107 121 120 119 118 129 128 126 125 124 123 FI1D4 FI1D3 FI1D2 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 133 132 FI2D2 FI2D1 FI2D0 154 152 151 150 149 148 147 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 168 167

B C D
28 29 30 32 33 GND VDD D6

B C

146 145

E
34

F
46

44 45

G H I
FIP

G H

100

101

102

103

104

65 65

66 66

67 67

69 68 69

70 70

71 71

72 72

73

75 74 75 74

76 76

77 77

79 78

81 80 81 80

82 82

83 83

84

86 85 86 85

87 87

88 88

89

90 90

91 91

92 92

93 93

94 94

95

96 96

97

98 98 97

99 99

101

102

FIPBUS (208:1)

'012_01A'

J 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

190-1

Main PCB 11/25

A
FIPBUS (208:1)

'011_11A'

1
SAB (15:1) '010_02A, 016_02A' 72 71 70 69 67 SDB (15:0) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SIORD_ SIOWR_ CSFIP_ RESET_ 66 '010_02A, 016_02B' 65 64 63 61 60 59 58 83 82 81 80 77 76 75 74 55 56 '008_02C, 020_07F' '010_02F, 020_07F' '004_05E' '010_09B, 016_02D' 99 98 FIDIN (7:0) 50 49 48 47 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FMREFIP ESHSYNC_ ESVSYNC_ ESCINHI FPTIM '014_02F' '023_01D' '002_10E, 023_01D' '023_01G' '021_02E' '014_04E' 97 96 94 93 92 91 90 88 87 86 85 115 114 113 112 110 109 FVSYNC_ FHSYNC_ FMREOUT FNITI 108 '016_05B' '016_05B' '016_01E' '016_05A' IC39 107 102 101 R931 R932 R918 R919 R920 R921 R922 R923 R924 R925 R926 R927 R928 R929 R930 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R905 R906 R907 R908 R909 R910 R911 R912 R913 R914 R915 R916 R917 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 38 37 34 33 32 30 29 28 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FS1A (12:0) '014_02A' 126 125 124 123 121 120 119 118 142 141 140 FSID (7:0) '014_04A' 139 138 137 136 135 152 151 150 149 148 '014_02C' '014_02C' FS2A (12:0) '014_05A' 147 146 145 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 174 173 172 171 170 169 FS2D (7:0) '014_08A' 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FWRS2_ FRDS2_ '014_05C' '014_05C' L901 IC39 20 C909 3 10 2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 2G 19 C928 C929 C930 C931 +5V GND +5V 154 FXTAL 168 167 133 R933 R934 R935 R936 R937 R938 R939 R940 FI0D (7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FRWRESI_ '013_01E' GND +5V C905 C906 C907 C908 FI4D (7:0) '013_10B' +5V FI3D (7:0) '013_08B' C901 C902 C903 C904 +5V FI2D (7:0) '013_06B' FI1D (7:0) '013_04B' EK0D (7:0) '013_02B' 192 191 190 189 187 186 185 184 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 180 181 R941 R942 R943 R944 R945 R946 R947 R948 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FRRES2_ FWRES2_ EK1D (7:0) '014_08E' '014_05E'

25 24 21 20 19 17 16 15 41 42 40 3

3
'014_05F' '014_05F'

0 FWRS1_ FRDS1_

GND

46 45 44 43 128 176 177 203 204 132 179 178 129 206

'027_05D'

C924

C925

C926

C927

GND

17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 1G 1

5 7 9 12 14 16 18 R902 R903 R904 FIPCLK1 FIPCLK2 FIPCLK3 '013_01E' '013_01E' '014_02G' GND GND

R901

FIP PIN

GND GND

3-7-15

190

Main PCB 12/25

A B C D E F G H I J

'012_07A'

FI0D (7:0)

FI1D (7:0)

'012_07B'

FI2D (7:0)

'012_07C'

FI3D (7:0)

'012_07D'

FI4D (7:0)

'012_07E'

IC18

IC19 8Kx8 LINE 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

GND

IC20 8Kx8 LINE Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

GND

IC21 8Kx8 LINE Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

GND

3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GND

8Kx8 LINE 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L902 C910 7 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE

3
Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK

4
+5V 18 L905 C913

+5V

WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L903 C911 7

+5V

+5V 18 L904 C912 GND 7

VCC

VCC

GND

5
FRWRES1_ '012_07E' '012_04G' '012_04H' FIPCLK1 FIPCLK2

GND

GND

GND

GND

FIP FIFO

3-7-16

190

Main PCB 13/25

A B C D E F G H I J

GND

IC22 32Kx8 SRAM FS1D (7:0) 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 +5V 1 0 28 C918 14 L906 '012_05F' '012_05F' FRDS2_ FWRS2_ '012_05C' '012_05D'

GND

IC23 32Kx8 SRAM FS2D (7:0) 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1
'012_05A' FS1A (12:0) 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 26 25 24 23 21 20 22 27 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CS OE WE GND VCC D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

1
'012_05E'

FS2A (12:0)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 26 25 24 23 21 20 22 27

A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CS OE WE

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

+5V

3
'012_05D' '012_05D' FRDS1_ FWRS1_

3
VCC GND 28 C919 14 L907

GND

GND

GND

GND

'023_02A'

ESVD (7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GND 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17

IC24 8Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC '012_10C' 18 C920 7 L908 '012_10C' Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 FIDIN (7:0) 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V '012_10A' '012_02D'

EK0D (7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GND 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17

IC25 8Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1

EK1D (7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V

'012_10B'

6
'012_02E' '023_01F' FMREFIP ERSTWR_

FRRES2_ FWRES2_

L909 C921

'023_02A'

ESVCLK

7
GND

GND

'012_04H, 016_01G'

FIPCLK3

FIP RAM&F IFO

3-7-17

190-1

3-7-18
+5V

Main PCB 14/25

A
208 206 198 199 197 196 194 195 192 193 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 169 GND 203 VSS VSS VSS VDD VDD IMA9 IMA8 IMA7 IMA6 IMA5 IMA4 IMA3 IMA2 IMA1 IMA0 TST7 TST6 IMA23 IMA11 IMA10 IMWAITL 202 201 200 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 IMA12 187 IMA13 188 IMA14 189 IMA15 190 VDD 191 VSS 192 IMA16 193 IMA17 194 IMA18 195 IMA19 196 IMA20 197 IMA21 198 IMA22 199

1 2 CPURDL CPUWRL CPUIRQL CPURSTL CPUD15 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CPUD11 VDD CPUD10 CPUD9 CPUD8 CPUD7 VSS CPUD6 CPUD5 CPUD4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 CPUD0 VSS CPUA8 CPUA7 CPUA6 CPUA5 24 25 26 27 28 CPUD14 CPUD13 CPUD12

204 TST9 205 VSS 206 CLK16M 207 VSS 208 CPUCSL TST8

B
4 5 6 7 8 9

IMWRL IMRDL IMASL VDD VSS IMBREQL IMBACKL TST5 TST4 TST3 TST2 TST1 TST0 VSS FFW2ROEL FFW2RCK FFW2RRSL FFW2WCK FFW2WRSL FFW1ROEL FFW1RCK VDD FFW1RRSL FFW1WCK FFW1WRCK W374OEL VSS

168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158

1 2 3

168 167 166

163 162

C
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 CPUD3 CPUD2 CPUD1

11 12 13 14

157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 W374CK2 W374CK1 FIPD0 FIPD1 FIPD2 140 139 154 153 152 151 150 149 148

D
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 VSS FIPCLK NITIIN FVSYNCL FHSYNCL CPUA1 MREIN 32 33 CPUA4 CPUA3 CPUA2

146 145 144 143 141 140 139 138

IC26 VC

E
34 35 37 39 40 41 42 41 42 36 37 38 39 VSS PRCLK VSS PVSYNCL PHSYNCL VDD MREOUT 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 49 50 51 52 54 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 62 63 64 NITIOUT EPRDY CPRDY 46 47 48 SBSYL PRDYL SRDYL PRINT SCAN VSS

FIPD3 FIPD4 FIPD5 FIPD6 FIPD7 VSS FFR20 FFR21 FFR22 FFR23 FFR24

138 137 136 135 134 133

137 136 135 134 133 132 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 FFR25 FFR26 FFR27 FFR2RCK FFR2RRSL FFR2WCK VSS FFR2WRSL R374OE2L R374OE1L R374CK VDD FFR1RCK FFR1RRSL 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 118 117 116 115

F G H I
VC

44 45

SRAMA14 SRAMA13 SRAMA12 SRAMA11 SRAMA10 SRAMA9 VSS VDD SRAMA8 SRAMA7 SRAMA6

113 112 FFR1WCK FFR1WRSL FFR10 FFR11 FFR12 FFR13 FFR14

VDD VSS SRAMWRL SRAMRDL SRAMCSL SRAMD0 SRAMD1 SRAMD2 FF6WRSL FF5RRSL SRAMD7 SRAMD6 SRAMD5 SRAMD4 SRAMD3 VSS SRAMA5 SRAMA4 65 65 SRAMA3 66 66 SRAMA1 SRAMA2 67 67 SRAMA0 69 68 69 68 FFR17 FFR16 FFR15 FF6WCK FF6RCK FF605 FF604 FF603 FF602 FF601 FF600 FF6I4 FF6I5 FF6I3 FF6I2 FF6I1 FF6I0 VDD 70 70

113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 111 110 109 108 107 106 105

100

101

102

103

104

71

72

73

75 74 75 74 73 72

76

77 77

78

79 79 78

81 80 81 80

82 82

83 83

84

86 85 86 85 84

87 87

88 88

89

90 90 89

91 91

92 92

93 93

94 94

95 95

96

97

98 98

99 99

101 100

102

103

104

VCBUS (208:1)

'016_01A'

J 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

190-1

Main PCB 15/25

A B C D E F G H I J

VCBUS (208:1)

'015_11A' IAB (23:0) SAB (15:1) 24 25 26 27 28 29 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 '012_02A, 020_07A' 37 33 32 35 34 44 '012_02B, 020_02A' 45 39 R1001 132 FNITI FHSYNC_ FVSYNC_ VMREOUT_ VNITIOUT VFIPCLK VSA (14:0) 54 55 56 57 58 59 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 72 73 74 75 77 78 79 80 83 82 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VRDS_ VWRS_ VCSS_ '019_02D' '019_02D' '019_02D' VSD (7:0) '019_02B' 133 '012_02F' '012_02F' '012_02F' '021_02E' '021_02E' '021_02E' '019_02B' 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 143 144 146 145 148 150 152 151 153 149 154 90 91 92 93 94 95 84 85 86 87 88 89 98 100 99 101 R1025 R1026 R1015 R1016 R1017 R1018 R1019 R1020 R1021 R1022 R1023 R1024 R1013 R1014 R1002 R1003 R1004 R1005 R1006 R1007 R1008 R1009 R1010 R1011 R1012 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VLOCK1 VLOCK2 VLOEN_ VFO1WRS_ VFO1RRS_ VFO1WCK VFO1RCK VFO2WRS_ VFO2RRS_ VFO2WCK VFO2RCK VFO1RE_ VFO2RE_ VFGO (5:0) 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 4 3 2 1 0 VF6WRS_ VF6RRS_ VF6WCK VF6RCK '017_07C' '017_07C' '017_07C' '017_07C' 52 51 47 49 '012_02F' '002_10D' FMREOUT FIFORST2 12 13 162 11 IC73 163 BACK1_ BREQ1_ '004_10D' '004_10D' +5V 48 46 50 R1032 R1033 R1034 ESCAN EPRINT ECPRDY EPRDY_ ESBSY_ EEPRDY ESRDY_ '023_02H' '023_02G' '023_02B' '023_01F' '023_01F' '023_01D' '023_01C' 13 12 11 IC74 2 1 1 2 3 IC73 VF61 (5:0) '017_10B' 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 '017_01F' '017_01F' '017_01F' '017_01C' '017_01C' '017_01C' '017_01G' '017_01E' '017_01E' '017_01E' '017_01G' '017_01C' '017_01E' '017_07B' VFI1D(7:O) 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VFI2D(7:O) '018_07A' '018_07C' 118 121 120 122 115 116 117 R1029 R1030 R1031 VFI2WRS_ VFI2RRS_ VFI2WCK VFI2RCK VLICK VLIEN1_ VLIEN2_ 110 112 111 113 R1027 R1028 VFI1WRS_ VFI1RRS_ VFI1WCK VFI1RCK '018_02F' '018_02F' '018_02F' '018_02F' '018_02F' '018_02E' '018_02F' '018_02F' '018_02E' '018_02E' '018_02E' VFIPD (7:0) '017_01A' 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 167 168 166 169 206 3 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IRD_ IWR_ IAS_ IWAIT_ CLKI6M INTVC_ '010_02D, 025_02D' '010_02D, 025_02D' '010_02D' '004_07F' '010_02C, 027_09C' '002_02D' '010_09F'

30 31 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13

SDB (15:0) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CSVC_ RDVC_ SIOWR2_ RESET_

14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 208 1 2 4

'004_05E' '004_06G' '010_09G' '012_02D, 020_07D'

81 41 42

+5V

3 IC74

6
'020_07F' '002_10D' EPHSYNC_ FIFORST0_ 10 9 8 IC74

10 12 11 D T S

IC77 Q 9 8
+5V GND C1001 C1002 C1003 C1004 C1005 C1006 C1007 C1008 C1024 C1025 C1026 GND

QC R 13

+5V
4 IC77 S Q 5
C1027 C1028 C1029 C1030

'020_07F' '002_10D' '014_02G'

EPVSYNC_ FIFORST1_

5 4

6 IC74

2 3

D T

7
VC PIN

FIPCLK3

QC R 1

+5V IC74 14 C1031

+5V IC73 14 C1032 7 7

+5V IC77 14 C1033 7

GND

+5V

8
GND GND GND

3-7-19

190-1

Main PCB 16/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
'016_07A' VFIPD(7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5
GND

IDB (15:0) IC27 5Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L1001 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V 11 VFIDPDD (7:0) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3

'010_02F, 018_02A' IC29

1
VF6O (5:0) 5 4 3 2 1 0
GND

IC40 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 T 1 '016_07E' '016_07E' '016_07E' '016_07E' VF6RRS_ VF6WRS_ VF6RCK VF6WCK Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 OC 19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 '016_07C' 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17 8Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L1003 C1013 7 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 +5V 5 4 3 2 1 0 VF6I (5:0) '016_07D'

2
VFO1RE_ VFO1RRS_ VFO1WRS_

2 1 0

'016_07C' '016_07B' '016_07B'

20 6 19 8 17

3
'016_07C' VFO1WCK

C1011

GND IC28 IC41 7 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5

GND

GND IC30 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 '021_05E' VFNITIOUT_ 24 5 20 '020_07F' '021_05E' '020_07F' '021_05E' ELSUOUT_ VFMREOUT_ EPVCLK VFCLK 6 19 8 17 8Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L1004 C1014 7 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 R1035 +5V VPVD0_ '023_01F'

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VFO2RE_ VFO2RRS_ VFO2WRS_

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK

Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0

12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3

D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 T 11 1

Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 OC

19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

GND

5Kx8 LINE

'016_07C' '016_07C' '016_07C'

20 6 19 8 17

VCC

18

L1002

'016_07C'

VFO2WCK

GND

C1012

'016_07B' '016_07B' '016_07B'

VLOCK1 VLOCK2 VLOEN_

GND

GND

+5V +5V
'016_07C' '016_07C' VF01RCK VF02RCK 15 2 3 Vcc 4

+5V

C1034 IC40 20 C1009 10 C1010 10 IC41 20

GND

GND

VC FIF01

GND

GND

3-7-20

190-1

Main PCB 17/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
+5V

VFI2D (7:0) R1036 R1037 R1038 R1039 R1040 R1041 R1042 R1043 IDB (15:0) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3 VFIDB(7:0) 19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GND IC31 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 8 17 5Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST RCLK WCLK GND VCC 18 L1005 C1021 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +5V

'016_09D'

'017_06A, 025_03A'

IC42 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 T 11 1 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 OC

4
GND IC32 IC43 7 6 5 4 18 17 14 13 8 7 4 3 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 T 11 VLICK VLIEN2_ VLIEN1_ VFI2RRS_ VFI2WRS_ VFI2RCK VFI2WCK VFI1RRS_ VFI1WRS_ VFI1RCK VFI1WCK GND 8 17 RCLK WCLK GND 7 1 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 OC 19 16 15 12 9 6 5 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GND 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 5 20 6 19 5Kx8 LINE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RE WE RRST WRST VCC 18 L1006 C1022 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

VFI1D (7:0)

4
'016_09C'

3 2 1 0

+5V

'016_09B' '016_09C' '016_09B' '016_09B' '016_09B' '016_09B' '016_09B' '016_09A' '016_09A' '016_09B' '016_09B'

6
+5V +5V

IC42 20 C1019 10 C1020

IC43 20 10

GND

GND

VC FIF02

3-7-21

190

Main PCB 18/25

A B C D E F G H I J

2
VSD (7:0) '016_05D' '016_05B' VSA (14:0) IC33

3
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 26 25 24 23 21 20 22 27

32Kx8 SRAM A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 CS OE WE GND 28 VCC 14 L1007 C1023 +5V D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 19 18 17 16 15 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

5
'016_05E' '016_05E' '016_05E' VCSS_ VRDS_ VWRS_

GND

VC SRAM

3-7-22

190-1

Main PCB 19/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
'016_02B, 021_02A'
SDB (15:0)

1
OPD (7:0) '024_08C' '016_02A, 021_06A' SAB (15:1)

IC45 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R1101 R1102 R1103 R1104 R1105 R1106 R1107 R1108

+5v

IC46 OPA (10:1) 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 '024_08C'

A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1

DIR OC 1 19 '004_09F' '004_09F'

OPDIR_ OPLEN_

2G 1G 1 19 GND GND

IC47 2 1 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 2 1 DREQ1_ OPDAK0_ OPRST_ INTOP_ '002_02D' '024_06F' '024_08F' '002_02D'

'024_06B' '004_03E' '016_02D' '024_08F'

OPDRQ0_ DACK1_ RESET_ OPINT_

2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1

2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1

2G 1G 1 19

GND

GND GND

IC48 CSOP_ CSOPEX_ SIORD_ SIOWR_ EPHSYNC_ EPYSYNC_ EPYCLK_ ELSUOUT_ 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 OPCS_ OPEXCS_ OPRD_ OPWR_ OPHSYNC_ OPVSYNC_ OPVCLK_ OLSUOUT_ '024_08F' '024_08F' '024_08F' '024_08F' '024_06E' '024_06E' '024_06E' '024_06E'

'004_05E' '004_05F' '012_02D' '012_02D' '016_01F, 023_02C' '016_01G, 023_02C' '017_07E, 023_01F' '017_07E, 023_01F'

2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1

2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1

R1113 R1114 R1115 R1116

2G 1G 1 19 +5v +5v IC45 20 10 IC46 20 10 +5v IC47 20 10 +5v IC48 20 10 GND GND

7
C1104

C1105

C1106

C1107

GND

GND

GND

GND

OP I/F Buffer

3-7-23

190-1

Main PCB 20/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
'020_02A'

SDB (15:0)

OMD (15:0) '023_08B' SCASH_(4:0) '004_03E' IC57 IC51 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R1201 R1202 R1203 R1204 R1205 R1206 R1207 R1208 4 '005_01B' '020_07A'
AB (23:16) SAB (15:1)

IC54 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 R1219 R1220 R1221 R1222 R1223 R1224 R1225 R1226

OMA (18:1) 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 '023_08G' 3 2 1

13 14 10 11 6 5 3 2

4B 4A 3B 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A S 1 15

4Y 3Y 2Y 1Y

12 R1237 9 R1238 7 R1239 4 R1240

OMCAS4H_ OMCAS3H_

'023_08E' '023_08E'

OMCAS2H_ OMCAS1H_

'023_08E' '023_08E'

C1211

C1212

C1213

DIR OC 1 19

2G 1G 1 19

3
IC52 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R1209 R1210 R1211 R1212 R1213 R1214 R1215 R1216 GND GND 0 4 3 2 13 14 10 11 6 5 3 2 IC58 4B 4A 3B 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A S 1 +5v 15 4Y 3Y 2Y 1Y 12 R1241 9 R1242 7 R1243 4 R1244 IC55 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2 2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 R1227 R1228 R1229 R1230 R1232 R1231 R1233 R1234 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 '004_03E' SCASL_ (4:0)

GND

C1214

3
OMCAS0H_ OMCAS4L_ OMCAS3L_ OMCAS2L_ '023_08E' '007_01D' '023_08E' '023_08E'

+5v

C1215

C1216

C1217

DIR OC 1 19 '004_09F' '004_09F' OMDIR OMEN_

2G 1G 1 19 GND IC53 GND

GND IC59 IC79 8 VCC 3 2B 2Y 2A 7 1B 1Y 1A GND 4 C1222 1 0 13 14 10 11 6 5 3 2 4B 4A 3B 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A S GND GND GND GND 1 15 GND 4Y 3Y 2Y 1Y 12 9 7 4 R1245 R1246 R1247 OMCAS1L_ OMCAS0L_ OMRAS_ '023_08D' '007_01E' '007_01D, 023_08D'

C1218

C1219

C1220

1Y

'017_07E'

C1210

6
'002_10G' SELOP2

S 1 15

C1221

'012_02F' '024_06D' '016_05B' '024_06B' '016_05B' '024_06B' '016_05B' '024_06B'

FPTIM OPTIM VNITIOUT_ ONITIOUT_ VMREOUT_ OMREOUT_ VFIPCLK OCLK

13 14 10 11 6 5 3 2

4B 4A 3B 3A 2B 2A 1B 1A

4Y 3Y 2Y

12 9 7 4

R1217 R1218

EPTIM VFNITIOUT_ VFMREOUT_

'023_01D' '017_07E' '017_07E' '007_01E' '007_01E' RD_ WRDRM_ 2 1 17 15 13 11 8 6 4 2

IC56 2A4 2A3 2A2 2A1 1A4 1A3 1A2 1A1 2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y4 1Y3 1Y2 1Y1 3 5 7 9 12 14 16 18 R1235 R1236 2 1 OMRD_ OMWR_ SRAS_ '004_05E' '023_08D' '023_08D' 6 5 2 1

R1259

VFCLK

GND GND

2G 1G 1 19 GND GND

+5v

+5v

7
IC53 16 8 20 10 IC51 20 10 IC52 20 10 IC54 20 10 IC55 20 10 IC56 C1202 16 8 C1201 C1205 C1206 C1207 C1208 C1209

IC57 16 8

IC58 16 8

IC59

C1203

C1204

GND

GND

OP MEM BUFFER

3-7-24

190-1

Main PCB 21/25

A B C D E F
ENGINE

H
OPTION MEM.

1
ESVCLK R1301 ESVD (7:0) R1303 R1304 R1305 +5V

+5V R1302

1
CN1 +5V CN7

'014_02F, 024_06D' '014_02E, 024_06C'

R1306 R1307 R1308 R1309 R1310 '016_09E' ECPRDY

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

'020_07F' '020_07F'

EPVSYNC_ EPHSYNC_

+5V

R1312 R1311 R1314 R1313 +5V

'016_09F' '021_05E' '012_02F, 024_06E' '012_02E, 024_06E' '016_09E' '002_10F'

ESRDY_ EPTIM

R1319

ESHSYNC_ R1321 EEPRDY ECMD 13 R1322 12 IC60

'002_02F'

ECCLK

11

10 +5V IC60 R1336

5
'002_02F' ESTS 8 IC60

R1337

'021_08E' '021_08E' '022_09E' '022_09E' '022_09B' '022_09D' '022_09B' '022_09C' '022_09B' '022_09C' '022_09A'

R1323 R1324

+5V

OMWR_ OMRD_ OMRAS_ OMCAS1L_ OMCAS1H_ OMCAS2L_ OMCAS2H_ OMCAS3L_ OMCAS3H_ OMCAS4L_ OMCAS4H_ 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GND

ESVSYNC_ R1320

'016_09E' '016_09E' '020_07F' '017_10E' '020_07F' '014_02F' '012_02F, 024_06D'

ESBSY_ EPRDY_ EPVCLK VPVDO_

R1328 R1329 R1330

R1325 R1326 R1327

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
I/0 GND

+5V R1335 GND

'004_05F' '021_05A'

CSSEL_ OMD (15:0) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

+5V

ELSUOUT_ R1331 ERSTWR_ ESCINHI R1332 R1333 R1334

7
TR3 '016_09E' EPRINT 1 TR4 '016_09E' ESCAN 1 3 2 3 2

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
I/0

R1315 R1316 R1317 R1318

+5V

6
IC60 14 C1301 7

GND

7
ENGINE I/F & OM I/F

'021_09A'

OMA (18:1)

8
GND

3-7-25

190-1

Main PCB 22/25

A B
+5V

R1401

R1403 R1404 R1409 R1410

2
R1411 R1412 R1405 R1406 OMREOUT_ DCLK ONITIOUT_ OPDRQ0_ '021_02E' '021_02E' '021_02E' '020_07D'

OPTION PWB

3
CN6

ESVD (7:0)

'023_02A'

OPD (7:0) OPA (10:1)

'020_06A' '020_10A'

I/0 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 OPTIM ESCINHI ESVCLK ESVSYNC_ ESHSYNC_ '021_02E' '023_01G' '023_02A' '023_01D' '023_01D' 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 +5V GND

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OPRD_ OPWR_ OPCS_ OPEXCS_ OPRST_ OPINT_ '020_10F' '020_10F' '020_10E' '020_10E' '020_10D' '020_07D'

OLSUOUT_

'020_10F'

OPHSYNC_ OPVSYNC_ OPVCLK

'020_10F' '020_10F' '020_10F'

OPDAKO_

'020_10D'

+5V

GND +5V

GND

GND

+5V

R1408

OP PWB CONNECTOR

3-7-26

190-1

Main PCB 23/25

A B C D E F G H I J

'018_02A' '009_02A'

IDB (15:0) MAB (9:0) +5V CN8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 I/0 GND

BITMAP MEM.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

'016_10D' '016_10D' '009_02C' '004_10D' '004_10C' '004_10C' '004_10C'

IWR_ IRD_ IRAS0_ ICAS1_ ICAS2_ ICAS3_ ICAS4_

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BIT MAP MEM I/F

3-7-27

190-1

Main PCB 24/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
'002_10F' KPSDO 5 6 IC60 '002_10F' KPSCLK 3 4 IC60 R1501 +5V +5V +5V

OPCB
L1501
CN4

POWER
CN5 C1501
+ C1502

2
KPSDI 2 1 R1502

'002_02F'

IC60 '002_10D' '002_10D' KPSIGI KPSIGO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

L1502

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6

+24V

+24V

GND GND

L1503
C1507
+ C1508

GND

GND

+5V

C1510

C1511

C1512

C1513

C1514

C1515

C1516

7
GND

CONNETORS

3-7-28

190-1

Main PCB 25/25

A B C D E F G H I J

1
R1603

+5V

1
CPUX1

R1701
'002_02B'

R1702

R1601

IC61 3

+5V

IC61 5

R1604 GND

R1703
CLK32M '004_09G'

1 X1

2 IC61 R1602 +5V IC62 10 12 S Q 9 D 11 T 8 QC R 13 +5V R1605 GND

R1704
+5V

R1705
CLK16M '016_10E'

3
C1601

L2 L3 C1602 C1603

R1706

GND +5V

GND

GND

GND

4
R1712 R1711 R1713
X2 4 VCC GND OUT NC 3 1 +5V

R1707 R1710
R1606 FXTAL '012_07F'

5
GND

C1604 2

R1709

R1708

GND GND

GND

6
13 12 IC61 11 10 IC61 4 2 D SQ 5 3 T 6 QC R 1 GND GND +5V +5V IC62

+5V

+5V

6
L1602 IC62

L1601 IC61 C1605 14 7 C1606

14 7

8 IC61

GND

GND

CLOCK GEN

3-7-29

190

Engine PCB 1/12

A B
L32

C
S R245 IC34

REF5V S IC38 S 2 1 8 7 3 4 5 6 R244

S G

C121

1
S 64 R445 63 R446 62 R186 61 60 R187 59 R188 58 57 R189 56 R190 55 R191 54 R192 53 R193 52 R194 51 R195 50 R196 49 R197 48 R198 47 R199 46 R200 45 R201 44 R202 43 R203 42 R204 41 R205 40 R206 39 R207 38 R208 37 R209 36 R210 35 R211 34 R177 33 R178 _MSRY _CPUADJUST VCC P30 VREF P31 AVSS _ONW P67 _RESETOUT P66 P65 SYNC P64 _WR P63 _RD P62 P00 P61 P01 P60 P02 P57 P03 P56 P04 P55 P05 P54 P06 P53 P07 P52 P10 P51 P11 P50 P12 P47 P13 P46 P14 P45 P15 P44 P16 P43 P17 P42 P20 CNVSS P21 _RESET P22 P41 P23 P40 P24 XIN P25 XOUT P26 VSS P27

C122 C125 R441 R442 R443 R444

C152
S G

VCC NC NC GND

CS SK DI DO

WDP THERMISTOR THX TONER PRINT MTCLK _TMOT2 _TMOT1 M3X M2X M1X M0X S _SBSY _CCLK
STS

R246 R257 R304 R303 R258 R259 R260 R261 R262 R264 R263 R265 R267 S R266 R268 C157
S G

_CMD SCAN _PTIM _RES _TIMER _HERR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

AD S IC41 AD11 1 AD12 2 AD13 3

A B C G1

S _WR _RD R216 R217 R218 R219 R220 R221 R222 R223 R224 R225 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 R231 R232 R233 R234 R235 R236 R237 R151 R152

AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 AD12 AD13 AD14 AD15 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7

AD14 6 AD15 4 5

_G2A _G2B

_Y0 _Y1 _Y2 _Y3 _Y4 _Y5 _Y6 _Y7

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

R288 R308 R309 R310 R311 R312 R313

R289 R290 R291 R292 R293 R294 R295

_XIOCS _VTCCS _AGC1CS _AGC2CS _SHDCS _TIMERCS

3
S
IC25 1 3 IC33 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 2

DB R185

1 11
DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 3 4 7 8 13 14 17 18

_OC CLK D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8

_WR

4
_FLICKREM _FANST2 _DSKHT _YOBI1 _YOBI2 _YOBI3 _YOBI4 _YOBI5

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8

L56 C173 16 C174

L24 20 C108

S C72 C79

L16 14

X2 C158 R282

4 IC25 5 6

S G

C109

S G

S 14 IC48 WDP

IC36 WD TC _RES1 GND ADJ VCC _RES2 R349

IC41 R214 8
S G

IC33 R112 10
S G

IC25 9 7
S G

6
IC25 8

C184

10 _RES IC48 7

11

8 IC48

10
S G

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10
S G

11

2 IC48

S C144

7
R302

IC26 12 IC26 13

12 IC48

13

C147

C11
S G

8
S G

R301

3-7-30

190

Engine PCB 2/12

A B C
AD

E
IC17

1
DB

AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 _RES

29 30 31 32 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 39 2 36 3 4 5

A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 /RESET FXECLK XIOINT R/W /LDS /XIOCS

PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 PE0 PE1 PE2 PE3 VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD

49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 68 67 65 64 63 62 61 60 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 27 26 25 24 1 41 59 77 91
C41 R117

_FAN2 FTOP RCOVO EJOP _PFCL1F _PFCL2F _PFCL3F _LDRDY _HEAT.REM _MOTREM _DMREM _FDCL1F _FDCL2F _FDCL3F _FANST _FAN SCINHI _T.COUNT _PMOT _INVERTER _FEED.CL _REG.CL _BYS.CL MOTSEL

2
S 14 C36 IC7

_WR _LDS _XIOCS _REG.SW _DFTIM _DFORG _M LEAK _T LEAK _VFD1FSW _VFD2FSW _VFD3FSW _DFSZ1 _DFSZ2 _DFSZ3 _DFSZ4 _TBLSZ1 _TBLSZ2 _PEMP _ORGSW _PE1FSW _PE2FSW _PE3FSW _BYPE
R175 R174 R173 R172 R171 R170 S * CN20-1 CN20-2 CN20-3 CN20-4 CN20-5 SG R147 R146 R145 R144 R143 R142

7
SG IC7

58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 37 35 34 38

PG0 PG1 PG2 PG3 PG4 PG5 PG6 PG7 PH0 PH1 PH2 PH3 PH4 PH5 PH6 PH7 PI0 PI1 PI2 PI3 PF0 PF1 PF2 PF3 PF4 PF5 PF6 PF7 SIN SOUT SCLK CKCHG

1
IC7 13 IC7

2 12 4 10 6 8
S L5 L8 L14 L15

_SCAN0 _SCAN1 _SCAN2 _SCAN3 _SCAN4 _SCAN5

_INHI _SHORTO _MC.REM _TC.REM _DB.REM _CHG.REM

IC7 11 IC7

5
IC7 9

6
S

_EJTSW _LMPHP

R84 6 GND GND 15 GND 28 GND 33 GND 40 S G GND 50 GND 66 GND 90 GND 100

C51 C42 C59 R116 C75 C76 R118 C76 C77 R83 C78 C54

R80

_SENS0 _SENS1 _SENS2 _SENS3 _SENS4 _SENS5

8
SG

* Not installed

3-7-31

190

Engine PCB 3/12

A B C D E F G H I J

_LDS

1
_RD _WR 4 1 2

IC23 3 1

IC26 2

_RD

1 2

IC22 3

3 1 4 10 13 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 2 5 9 12

IC6 _OE1 _OE2 _OE3 _OE4 A1 A2 A3 A4 VDD 14 C29 R47 VSS Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 7 3 6 8 11 S G R28 R26 R25 R27

L2 C28

AD

IC26

S
R157 R158 R159 R160 R161 R162 R163 R164 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 61 52 50 51 38 47 4 3 64 AD8 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7

IC24 ADCCLK1 SI AIN ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 VREFH VREFL DOUT1 DOUT2 VREFH1 VREFH2 VREFL1 VREFL2 AVDD AVSS TO1 TO2 TO3 TO4 TO5 TO6 TEST1 TEST2 TEST3 MTEST MTIN1 MTC1 45 43 20 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 19 21 26 29 24 27 25 28 18 22 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 42 46 30 37 49 S G C88 A G
C34 C56 C16 C31

IC8 ADCCLK1 SH ADIN1 R454 R453 R452 R451 R450 R449 R448 R447 ID10 ID11 ID12 ID13 ID14 ID15 ID16 ID17 *R154 R138 DOUT11 DOUT21 VREFH1 VREFL1 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 61 52 50 51 38 47 4 3 64 S G C92
L4 L6 L1 L3

2
45 43 20 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 19 21 26 29 24 27 25 28 18 22 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 42 46 30 37 49 S G C22 A G L7 C38 20 IC14 R511 ADCCLK2 SH ADIN2 R455 R456 R457 R458 R459 R460 R461 R462 ID20 ID21 ID22 ID23 ID24 ID25 ID26 ID27 *R39 VREFH2 R38 VREFL2 DOUT12 DOUT22 A G 14 C71 C48 C47 7 S G IC23 C62 ID2

ID1

3
_AGC1CS _AGC2CS 4 5 IC23 6 _WR _RES _AGC1CS

AD8 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 _ASB _IOWR _IORD _RESET _AGCCS _RTCCS2 PDWN XI XO BUSY CLK1K BVDD VDD VDD VDD VDD

ADCCLK SI AIN ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 VREFH VREFL DOUT1 DOUT2 VREFH1 VREFH2 VREFL1 VREFL2 AVDD AVSS TO1 TO2 TO3 TO4 TO5 TO6 TEST1 TEST2 TEST3 MTEST MTIN1 MTC1

S
14 IC22

S S
IC22

_ASB _IOWR _IORD _RESET _AGCCS _RTCCS2 PDWN XI XO BUSY CLK1K BVDD VDD VDD VDD VDD

A S

_WR _RES _AGC2CS

S G

A G

4
_WR

6
L18 L22 L19 L17

S G

1 5 41 2 7 17 44 62

1 5 41

C89 S G

9 10

IC22 8 IC14

A
R510

A G 2 7 17 44 62
R48 C32

A G S G

DB

C86

DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

R97 R98 R99 R100 R101 R102 R103 R104

C104

C82

C83

_G DIR

19 1
R122

C84

C33

C55

R137 C87

C105

R212

R121

C181

6
S G S G

6 12 23 39 48 57 63

C15

VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS

6 12 23 39 48 57 63

R49

R85

R15

VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS

C39 R61 10 S G

S G

S G

DOUT21 IC1

8 3 + 2 4 1

C18 VREFH1 C24 A G

DOUT22 IC2

8 3 + 2 4 1

C19 VREFH2 C25 A G

DOUT11 *IC3

8 3 + 2 4 1

*C20 VREFL1 *C26 A G

DOUT12 *IC4

8 3 + 2 4 1

*C21 VREFL2 *C27 A G

* Not installed

5 + 7 IC1 A G 6 A G

5 + 6 IC2 A G 7

5 + 6 *IC3 A G 7

5 + 6 *IC4 7

3-7-32

190

Engine PCB 4/12

A B C D
C166

E
VTC5V C167

_PVD0 _RES

R326

DAO VTC5V R297 C142 C143

S G C169

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

S G

R296 R248 C123 L35 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 C135 R287 S G C138 C124 VTC5V S R249 R250 R502 R251 R252 R503 R504 _ADJUST DACLK DALD _CPULDON _PRDY L48 L44 VTC5V L40 S

/RESET TEST3 /PVD0 TEST2 CLKB GND VDD IND0 IND1 IND2 IND3 IND4 IND5 IND6 IND7 OP6 GND XOB XIB VDD

C170

R347

2
VTC5V _CPRDY _LDout

R314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

GND VDD IP0 /LDout GND PWMD0 PWMD1 PWMD2 PWMD3 GND PWMD4 PWMD5 PWMD6 PWMD7 GND OP0 OP1 SDMin LTMin SDMout LTMout IP1 IP2 VDD XIA XOA GND GND VDD /IORD /IOWR A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 TEST1 CLKA GND VDD D0 D1 D2 D3 GND D4 D5 D6 D7

GND VDD /EN /LDON LBON /ADJUST OP5 OP4 OP3 OP2 GND PMCLK LSUout SCDE GND /PHSYNC IP4 IP3 PVCLK GND /PVSYNC EXSCLE SCLE /PPST /BD /MSYNC /VTCCS GND VDD GND

R253

IC40

_LSUout

4
R463 EPRDY _SRDY R464

4
R254 _PHSYNC _ADFCOVO _SHORTI PVCLK _PVSYNC

_OVERFLOW _TBLS3 R348 C172 VTC5V

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

R255 R256

C171

_BD _MSYNC _VTCCS VTC5V

_RD S G

DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3

AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5

DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 48 50

7
S L51

_WR

R317

8 C162

5 X4

+5V OUT C151 NC GND 1 4

AD

DB VTC5V C154 S G R327 C153

R321

S G

3-7-33

190

Engine PCB 5/12

A
SVD4 SVD5 SVD6 SVD7 _RSTWR SVCLK _SVSYNC _SHSYNC _PHSYNC SHD5V C156

G
SVD3 SVD2 SVD1 SVD0

1
S

SHD5V C141 C140 R284

C164

SHD5V C150 R324

R335 R334 R333 R332 R331 R330 R329 R271

BWD7 BWD6 BWD5 BWD4 BWD3 BWD2 BWD1 BWD0 BRD7 BRD6

BWR BRD

SHD5V

L26 L28 L29 L30

R342

R375

R316

R299

R350

160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121

R315 C155

S G

R465 R466 R467 R468 R472 R471 R470 R469

2
S G
SHD5V C149 C163 120 119 R323 118 117 BRD5 116 BRD4 115 BRD3 114 BRD2 113 BRD1 112 BRD0 111 R473 110 WBCLK2 109 R474 108 WBCLK1 107 R475 106 _WBRSTRD 105 R476 104 _WBRSTWR 103 R501 102 WWD7 101 C139 100 C128 R283 SHD5V 99 WWD6 R484 WWD5 98 R483 WWD4 97 R482 WWD3 96 R481 WWD2 95 R480 WWD1 94 R479 WWD0 93 R478 92 SHD5V 91 C119 C118 WRD7 90 R215 89 WRD6 88 WRD5 87 WRD4 86 WRD3 85 WRD2 84 WRD1 83 WRD0 82 SHD5V 81 C111 C120 WRD WRD0 WRD1 WRD2 WRD3 WRD4 WRD5 WRD6 WRD7 _WBRSTRD _WBRSTWR WBCLK1 WBCLK2
R485 1 R486 2 R487 3 R488 4 R489 9 R490 10 R491 11 R492 12

IC39
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 _RRES _WRES RCK WCK D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Vcc GND _RE _WE 24 23 22 21 16 15 14 13 WWD0 WWD1 WWD2 WWD3 WWD4 WWD5 WWD6 WWD7

WWD

AD

_SHDCS _WR G _RD AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3

DB

SHD5V C133 R298 C132 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 R276 _RES R275 R274

5
S

S G

L38 C129 C126

8 4 R277

X1 V OUT 5 G NC 1

S G

_CLAMP RS1

CCDCLK1 CCDCLK2 SHD5V

R273 R272

GND GND CCDCLK3 SMC CNTTEST SOT GND CCDCLK4 GND SPHOLD1 SPHOLD2 GND SHIFT GND CLAMP1 CLAMP2 GND VDD ADCCLK1 GND ADCCLK2 GND ID10 ID11 ID12 ID13 ID14 ID15 ID16 ID17 ID20 ID21 ID22 ID23 ID24 ID25 ID26 ID27 GND GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

VDD /CS /IOWR /IORD GND A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 D0 D1 D2 D3 VDD GND D4 D5 D6 D7 GND CLOCK GND /RESET GND /BCLAMP GND RS1 RS2 GND CCDCLK1 GND CCDCLK2 NC VDD

GND GND F0MI TEB /OHSYNC AMC OVST TEST1 SCK /SHSYNC GND /SVSYNC GND SVCLK GND /RSTWR GND VDD OD7 OD6 OD5 OD4 OD3 OD2 OD1 OD0 GND VDD BWD7 BWD6 BWD5 BWD4 BWD3 BWD2 BWD1 BWD0 BRD7 BRD6 GND GND

IC35

VDD NC GND BRD5 BRD4 BRD3 BRD2 BRD1 BRD0 GND WBCLK2 GND WBCLK1 GND /WBRSTRD GND /WBRSTWR GND WWD7 GND VDD WWD6 WWD5 WWD4 WWD3 WWD2 WWD1 WWD0 VDD GND WRD7 WRD6 WRD5 WRD4 WRD3 WRD2 WRD1 WRD0 VDD VDD

3
L45 C148
S

6 19 8 17

18 C160 7 5 R318 20

S G

4
WWD

BRD BRD0 BRD1 BRD2 BRD3 BRD4 BRD5 BRD6 BRD7 _WBRSTRD _WBRSTWR WBCLK1 WBCLK2
R493 1 R494 2 R495 3 R496 4 R497 9 R498 10 R499 11 R500 12

IC45
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 _RRES _WRES RCK WCK D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Vcc GND _RE _WE 24 23 22 21 16 15 14 13 BWD0 BWD1 BWD2 BWD3 BWD4 BWD5 BWD6 BWD7

BWD

WRD

6 19 8 17

18 C175 7 5 R354 20

L60 C179

S G

C114 C115 *TP4 R239

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

S G

ID10 ID11 ID12 ID13 ID14 ID15 ID16 ID17 ID20 ID21 ID22 ID23 ID24 ID25 ID26 ID27

R241

SP1 R184 SH CL1 R183 R182 C113 R180 R181 ADCCLK2 ADCCLK1

ID2 ID1

S G

S G
R238

* Not installed
C112 SHD5V

3-7-34

190

Engine PCB 6/12

A B C D E F G H I J

1
C46 A R76 R113 5 3 2 + 1 4 7 C66 IC18 6 *C50 8 R93 *R95 A G ZD2 A G R82 C1

1
1
R79 IC13 5 7 + 1 4 8 C60 A G A D6 *TP2

A G R72

ADIN1

R75 A G

A G

C73

A G R60

A TR1 *R71 R78

C44

*TP1

3
R176 OS1 C91

L20 3 R139 C90 R166 2

5 + 1

IC11 6 8

C43

VR1

A G

A G R92 R74 A G R94 R73

C58

A G

A G 6 IC26 5

_CLAMP

C63 A R115 5 3 R114 A G R135 2 1 4 + 7 IC12 6 8 R120 R77 C57 A G ZD3 A G C45 A G *C93 R119

C3

R106

6 8 C80

IC20 5 7 3 + 2 1 4

A D9

*TP3

5
ADIN2

A G R110

3
A G

A G

6
A

C68

R105 TR3 *R124 R136

1 2
L21 R179 5 3 R140 C99 C100 R168 2 + 1 4 OS2 IC19 6 8

VR2

C67

A G

R141 R153 R123 A G

R111 C74 A G *C14 *C101 A G S G A G *C61 S G A G *C103 S G A G A G

* Not installed

S G

3-7-35

190

Engine PCB 7/12

A B C D E F G H I J

24VIN NC 24VOUT

CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3

24VIN 24VR NC SSW3 NC 24VIN NC SSW1 S A 24VF C102 5V-2 + SSW2 C117 *D39 CN4-10 NC CN4-8 CN4-9 B E S G D28 IC43 CN23-3 16 1 *D38 CN4-1 24VOUT CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-7 B E *D37 24VIN TR5 C B E TR4 C

S 24V-2 R388 R387 EJOP 24V-2 CN5-3 D36 R383 R390 R389 FTOP 24V-2 CN5-5 D35 BYPPFFCL TR6 C R391 R392 RCOVO 5V CN5-7 R425 R421 PSW CN5-8 _PEMP CN5-6 S S S G R382 R381 G 4 3 _BYS.CL D RCL CN5-4 S S G FET5 IC48 R384 G 6 5 _REG.CL PFCL CN5-2 2 3 D FET6 IC48 CN5-1 IC46 _FEED.CL

24VOUT 24V-3

24V-2

CN1-4 C2 + C85

24V-3

CN1-5

*C4

C98

PG

CN1-6

5V

CN1-7 + C7

5V-2

CN1-8

3
SG CN21-1

C8

+ C9 C131 + C10 C145

S G

A G

24V-2 NC TC REM

CN23-1 CN23-2

SG _T.COUNT 5V

CN5-9

+12V

CN21-2

CN5-10 R424 R422

24VIN

CN23-4 D25 IC43

24VIN RSW _MSRY 15 2 SG CN5-12 IC10 CN5-11

-12V

CN21-3 MSW REM 12 CN23-5

4
H REM R REM CN21-4 CN21-5 2 IC16 1 11 IC22 13 IC9 12 4 IC16 3 11 IC25 13 8 R169 S 9

_REG.SW

_HEAT.REM 5V + 7 6 _FLICKREM S S IC10 8 + 3 1 4 2 S G R58 R88 NC S G S G _HERR IC16 CN5-18 S C23 S C185 S C190 S C181 S C40 R89 R87 TH CL REM CN5-17 14 3 R86 THX 24V-2 CN5-16 IC43 _ELLED S G SG CN5-15 BYPPSW 5 CN5-14 CN5-13 R423 R420 _BYPE

5
NC CN2-1 DM REM CN2-2

IC16 6 5V-2

R91

IC16 8

S 9

R90

C37

5V-2

CN2-3

SG

CN2-4 S G 24V-3

6
24V-2 CN2-5

S 5V CN3-1

C30 11 _MOTREM

_ELLED

C191 R14

C189 R404

C182 R397

C49 R368

R59

10

R410

R415

R438

R507

R407

R440

R439

R508

R408

R435

R409

R505

R506

R509

R40

R52

ESW

7
SG NC

R393 CN3-3 S G CN3-4 9,16 1,8 9 S S S G

R3

CN3-2

R51

_EJTSW

R13

R50

R394

F G FG1

F G FG2

F G FG3

F G FG4

F G FG5

C180

IC46

C187

IC43

C176

4,5 HS

12,13 S G S G

* Not installed

3-7-36

190

Engine PCB 8/12

A B C D E F G H I J

1
SCAN0 CN6-1

*D15
1 2

S G

S 1 _SCAN0 3 SCAN4 CN8-1 2 S G S

1
*R436 *D40
D31 _SCAN4 SCAN4 CN9-1 D29 4 3 _SENS1 D30 _SENS0 DEV A CN9-2 1 2 4 3 _SENS3 _SCAN4

*R328
3

PSSW1

CN6-2 D14 BYPPSW1 4 3 _SENS0 BYPPSW2 _SENS1 CN8-3 CN8-2 1 2

NC

CN6-3 1

DEV B

CN9-3

_SENS4

SCAN0

CN6-4

DEV C _SENS2

CN9-4

D19 S

_SENS5

PSSW2

CN6-5

BYPPSW3

CN8-4

1
D32

SG 24V-2 CN8-5 TNS PG CN8-6 IC49

CN9-5

SCAN0

CN6-7

24V-2

CN9-7

S G

S G TVR _SHORT

PSSW3

CN6-8 1 2

MC REM D27 4 3 TC REM

CN8-7

1 IC49

_MC.REM

TVR

CN9-8 S 1 2 R1 S G 8 7 6 1 2 3

_SENS2 _SENS3

CN8-8

12

13 IC49

_TC.REM

24V-2

CN9-9

R418 C13

R49

NC

CN6-6

CN9-6

TONER

SHORT _DB.REM SCAN5

CN9-10

DB REM

CN8-9

*D20
3 CN9-11

*R376 *SW1

* * *

_SENS3 D22 _SENS4 D23 _SENS5 D24 _SCAN5

3 IC49

SCAN0

CN7-1 DB CHG CN8-10 10 11 _CHG.REM

D33 TCDES1 DBVR CN9-12 1 2 4 3 _SENS0

PSSW4

CN7-2 DB CONT 1 IC42 2 IN1 7 IN2 10 IN3 15 IN4 S G _INHI S G 8 + C12 V1 1 9 _INH1 _INH2 V2 GND 16 C146 3 O1 6 O2 11 O3 14 O4 S 2 S G SG CN8-15 TR8 24V-2 S G IC49 IC43 _SHORTO 4 13 R360 R359 _SHORTI S G 3 D18 S 2 S G S 14 IC49 C194 S G 7 S G TC CHG CN8-22 TKVR PG CN8-21 1 24V-2 CN8-19 R358 _SHORT PG CN8-18 TR7 2 1 IC49 CFM2 REM CN8-20 8 9 _FAN2 R398 R365 IC47 CFM1 REM CN8-17 6 5 _FAN CN8-16 R399 R366 4 IC27 3 _FANST 1 D16 3 _TMT1 _TMT2 3 D17 MC ALM CN8-14 TC ALM CN8-13 R400 R403 _M LEAK 2 S G GRID CONT CN8-12 R401 R402 _T LEAK CN8-11 S GRIDVR

TCDES2

CN9-13

_SENS1

TCDES3

CN9-14 S R377 R378

D21

_SENS2

_TMOT1 _TMOT2

5V

CN9-15

5
_OVERFLOW

OFSW

CN9-16

SG

CN9-17 S G

4 5 GND 12 GND 13 GND

TFM1

CN9-18

_TMT1

TFM2

CN9-19

_TMT2

S G

5V

CN9-20 R370

6
THERMISTOR R371 S G

DTH R379 S _FANST2 NC

CN9-21

CN9-22

24V-2

CN9-23

*R369 S
4

IC47 3

R380 S _DSKHT

DSKHT

CN9-24

* Not installed

3-7-37

190

Engine PCB 9/12

A B C D E F G H I J

1
SG 5V OSSW NC SG 5V

S CN10-1 CN10-2 CN10-3 CN10-4 CN10-5 R431 CN10-6 CN10-7 NC SG 5V CN10-8 CN10-9 R433 CN10-10 CN10-11 S G DF SIZE4 DF SIZE3 S 5V CN11-1 DF SIZE2 DF SIZE1 CN13-10 CN13-11 CN13-12 CN13-13 CN13-14 CN13-15 CN13-16 CN13-17 CN13-18 CN13-19 CN13-20 R4 R29 _DFCOVO A G AG CN15-8 L25 R9 R34 R8 R33 R7 R32 R6 R31 R5 R30 DFOD 24VIN CN12-1 24VIN SG CN12-2 5V DFSSW _DFORG OS1 CN15-7 L67 _DFTIM AG CN15-6 L27 _DFSZ2 _DFSZ1 _DFSZ3 AG OS2 CN15-4 CN15-5 R434 _TBLSZ3 R432 _TBLSZ2 SG SHPSW 5V 24VIN CN13-6 CN13-7 CN13-8 CN13-9 R10 R35 _DFSZ4 AG CN15-3 L33 L31 L66 24VIN R11 R36 _LMPHP 24V-2 CN13-5 S R429 R430 _TBLSZ1 5V ODSW SG ISUH REM CN13-1 CN13-2 CN13-3 D1 CN13-4 O FET1 C S S G PG CN14-6 D R63 R64 12 IC9 13 _LMPHT PG CN14-5 F1 24V-2 CN14-4 F2 24V-2 CN14-3 F3 R12 R37 _ORGSW EL REM2 L13 CN14-2 F4 O L11 EL REM1 CN14-1

TR2 C E S G B IC9 4 3 _INVERTER

S G L39 +12V AG CN15-1 C130 CN15-2 L36 C127 L37 R247

OS2

FTH

CN11-2

TH DFTSW

4
OS1

24VIN

5V

CN12-3 SG SG

SG CN12-4

PG CN12-5

S G

PG CN12-6

6
M0

MOT A

CN12-7

MOT A

CN12-8

M1

MOT B

CN12-9

M2

7
MOT B CN12-10 R2 IC31 MOTSEL CN12-12 12 13 MOTSEL M3 SM REF CN12-11 SMVR

S G

3-7-38

190

Engine PCB 10/12

A
L64 S

D
O

G
O CN22-1 S *R57

* 24V-2 CN18-1 CN18-2 IC46 STPFCL1 STPFCL2 5 IC44 15 CCDCLK1 STPFCL3 STFCL1 3 1 2 F8 S G 7 IC44 13 CCDCLK2 R65 D3 14 IC44 6 SH STFCL2 CN18-7 S D G R66 FET3 R67 IC44 4 D4 SP1 STFCL3 CN18-8 S D G R68 FET4 R69 CL1 S S G S *D5 1 2 3 R411 SCAN1 _MSYNC CN18-9 S 1 _PMOT SCAN2 CN18-10 S 5V-2 1 *D7 3 2 S G *R18 S *D8 3 _SCAN2 2 S G *R17 S _SCAN1 G R70 IC9 10 11 _SCAN1 8 IC9 9 _FDCL2F NC CN22-7 NC CN22-6 CN18-3 CN18-4 CN18-5 CN18-6 D2 D FET2 IC9 6 5 _FDCL1F NC CN22-5 10 7 IC46 11 IC46 15 14 _PFCL3F NC CN22-4 6 _PFCL1F _PFCL2F NC CN22-3 NC CN22-2 NC

5V SG RS1 SG CCDCLK1

CN16-1 L65 CN16-2 L63 CN16-3 CN16-4 CN16-5 CN16-6 L61 CN16-7 CN16-8 L58 R355 CN16-9 CN16-10 L57 R346 CN16-11 CN16-12 L53 R340 CN16-13 CN16-14 L52 S G R414 S 3 3 3 R361 R367 3 1 2 F10 S G L62 R363 3 1 2 F9 S G 3 IC44 17 RS1

1
S _YOBI1 *IC5 *R55 _YOBI2 *IC5 *R53 _YOBI3 *IC5 *R54 _YOBI4 *IC5 *R56 _YOBI5 *IC5 IC30 IC30 2 9 11 *IC5 1 1, 19, 10 S G 1, 19, 10 S G 1, 19, 10 S G 20 C168 R341 C177 20 C136 R281 C137 20 C106 R213 C107 L59 IC44 L43 S IC37 L23 S IC30

24V-2

SG CCDCLK2 SG SH SG

1 2 F7 S G 1 2 F6 S G 1 2 F5 S G

SP1 SG CP1 SG

16

13

S G

S G

18

IC44 2

IC30

15

IC30 S G *R16 S

17 S G

MSYNC PG PM 24V 5V-2

CN17-1 R413 CN17-2 CN17-3 O CN17-4 CN17-5 CN17-6 IC47 IC23 13 11 11 12 IC47 C192 IC47 12 13

4
S IC16 14 C65 S IC47 14 C183 S IC31 14 C116 S IC27 14 C96 S *IC5 14 *C17

7 S G _SCAN3 S _SENS0 _SENS1 _SENS2 _SENS3 _SENS4 _SENS5 IC26 14 C97 S S G

7 S G IC9 14 C35 S

7 S G IC32 14 C110

7 S G

SG VIDEO SG LDRDY

_CPULDON _LDOUT

SCAN3 SENS0 SENS1 SENS2 SENS3 SENS4 SENS5

CN18-11 CN18-12 CN18-13 CN18-14 CN18-15 CN18-16 CN18-17

CN17-7 CN17-8 CN17-9

10

_LDRDY

IC47 ADJUST SG BD CN17-10 CN17-11 CN17-12 D34 3 1 2 R426 6 5

IC23 8

10 9

_CPUADJUST _ADJUST

STDM1 REM STDM2 REM STDM3 REM 5V SG STPSW1

CN18-18 CN18-19 CN18-20 S CN18-21 CN18-22 S G CN18-23 CN18-24 CN18-25 CN18-26 CN18-27 CN18-28 CN18-29 CN18-30 12 13 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24

1 IC27

_DMREM S G

7 S G

7 S G

R427

R428 _BD C193

7
S G

R41 R42 R43

_PE1FSW _PE2FSW _PE3FSW

STPSW2 STPSW3 STFSW1 STFSW2

R44 _VFD1FSW R45 _VFD2FSW R46 _VFD3FSW MTCLK IC16

STFSW3 MTCLK NC

* Not installed

3-7-39

190

Engine PCB 11/12

A B C D E F G H I J

1
S R437 SVCLK CN19-1 IC44 12 8 SVCLK _PVSYNC CN19-16 S R300 IC27 6 5 _PVSYNC EPRDY CN19-31 S R357 IC27 12 R352 13 EPRDY

SG

CN19-2

R353 SG CN19-17 CMD CN19-32 C178 IC31 17 _PHSYNC _STS CN19-33 2 R338 2 SVD1 R339 SG CN19-19 CCLK CN19-34 C159 R385 IC37 16 4 SVD2 SG CN19-20 SG CN19-35

R345 9 IC32 8 _CMD

R412 SVD0 CN19-3

IC44 9 11 SVD0 _PHSYNC CN19-18

R280 3

IC37

R344

IC32 1 10 11 STS

R395 SVD1 CN19-4

IC37 18

R322 13

IC32 12 _CCLK

3
SVD2 CN19-5

R372 SVD3 CN19-6

IC37 14 6 SVD3 SCINHI CN19-21

R320 R242 18 IC30 2 SCINHI _SBSY CN19-36

IC31 4 3 _SBSY

R307

IC31 SG CN19-7 SG CN19-22 _PRDY CN19-37 6 5 _PRDY

R362 SVD4 CN19-8

IC37 12 8 SVD4 SG CN19-23 SG IC27 R285 11 SVD5 _SRDY CN19-24 8 R416 13 SVD6 R405 _SCAN CN19-25 C386 R406 3 9 _SRDY PVCLK CN19-39 IC30 16 4 PVCLK CN19-38

R356 SVD5 CN19-9

IC37 9

R417

5
R351 SVD6 CN19-10

IC37 7

IC32 4 SCAN SG CN19-40 *R243 R278 6 R279 _PTIM _PVD0 CN19-41 C134 R269 *R286 IC31 _LSUOUT R270 6 IC30 14 _PVD0

R343 SVD7 CN19-11

IC37 5 15 SVD7 PTIM CN19-26

R396 R386 R374 5

IC32

6
SG CN19-12 _SVSYNC CN19-27

C186 R373 IC27 10 11 _SVSYNC _LSUOUT CN19-42

6
8 9

R337 CPRDY CN19-13 R325 C165

R336 9 IC26 R364 IC30 12 8 _SHSYNC _RSTWR CN19-44 R240 10 S G 1 2 IC32 PRINT SG CN19-30 IC31 11 _RSTWR 8 _CPRDY SG CN19-28 SG CN19-43

SG

CN19-14

_SHSYNC

CN19-29

R319 R306 _PRINT CN19-15 C161 S G R305

S G

* Not installed

3-7-40

190

Engine PCB 12/12

A
AD

F
DB

R62 S 10 18 21 13 17 19 26 27 22 23 24 S G 28 C70 14 R108 S G

IC15 CK0 CK1 CK2 GT0 GT1 GT2 RD WR A0 A1 CS 1 NC 11 NC 15 NC 25 NC 12 16 20 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2

2
_RD _WR

*R107

2
_TIMER DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 *R96

AD0 AD1 _TIMERCS S L12 C69

Vcc

GND

O0 O1 O2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

4
S 13 14 *R150 1 4

IC28 *IC21 16 CK1 CK2 CW_CCW 3_4 _ MO _R CLK_OUT E 6 7 9 10 *R133 *R130 *R129 *R132 2 3 S G S G 2 3 8 + 4 S G M0 M1 M2 M3 IC29 1 + IC29 12 VCC GND 8 *C53 *R81 S G 5 REF5V ZD1 S G S G *C52 R109 C94 8 7 *L10 S DALD DACLK DAO 2 3 4 14 13 LD CLK DI VCC VDD VSS GND A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 D0 5 6 9 10 11 12 1

S 1 3 2 S G D13 DBVR SMVR _LMPHT 2 3 S 1 2 3 S G D11 GRIDVR

S 1 S G D10 TKVR

5
_RES

S G

15

11 S *R125

OUT1 2 EA OUT2

1 R156 R155 1

*R126 S G *R128 *R127 S G S

OUT3 3 EB OUT4

2 3

S G D12 TVR

7
MOX M1X M2X R148 R149 R134 R131

M3X

* Not installed

3-7-41

190

Motor PCB
A B C D E F G
24V

1
R1
MOTSEL

CON1-1 24V

9 IC1

R2 8 TR1 D5

C1
PGND

24V 24V PGND PGND

2
CON1-12 CON1-11 CON1-8 CON1-7 PGND

R4 8 5V IC2 9 11 IC1 10 R3
CON2-1 24V 24V ADFM A ADFM A ADFM B ADFM B

D6 TR2

3
5V CON1-10 +

CON2-4 C2 IC3 3 1 A 13 15 14 16 2 3 6 7 A A CON2-5 B B 2 3 1 CON2-3

SGND MOT A MOT A MOT B

CON1-9 CON1-6

D1
4

SGND

CON2-2 CON2-6

A CON1-5 B CON1-4 B CON1-3

MOT B

D2
1 4

CON3-1 CON3-4 CON3-3

24V 24V SM A SM A SM B SM B NC

C3

8 10 2 3

CON3-2

6
SMREF CON1-2 1 9 11 C4 5 4 2

D3
4

CON3-6 CON3-5 CON3-7

7
1 PGND 2

D4
4

8
PGND

3-7-42

Operation unit PCB

A B C D E F G H I J

190

WR HS1 HS0

R3 LED17 LED9 LED1 R4 LED18 LED10 LED2 R5 C C

B P00 TR1 B P01 TR2

C13 IC2 Vcc OUT GND C C14 R93

TR15

C E C E C E C E C E C E

R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 R48

P00
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 49

TR16

B B B B

SW1 SW9 SW17 SW25 SW33 SW41

SW2 SW10 SW18 SW26 SW34 SW42

SW3 SW11 SW19 SW27 SW35 SW43

SW4 SW12 SW20 SW28 SW36 SW44

SW5 SW13 SW21 SW29 SW37 SW45

SW6 SW14 SW22 SW30 SW38 SW46

SW7 SW15 SW23 SW31 SW39 SW47

WR P66 P67 P07 P06 P05 P04 P03 P02 P01 P00 P37 P36 P35 P34 P70

P01
TR17 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38
R65

SW8 SW16 SW24 SW32 SW40

E C

LED19

LED11

LED3 R6

B P02 TR3 B P03 TR4 B P04 TR5 1

RD
R92 R91 R90 R89

E C

X1 3
R87 R86 R85 R84 R83 R82 R88

LED20

LED12

LED4 R7

E C

LED21

LED13

LED5 R8

E C

CST B P05 TR6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A8 AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 VSS AD1 AD0 ASTB P20 P21 P22 P23 P24

RD A19 A18 A17 A16 RESET X2 X1 VSS A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9

IC1

P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 AVRBF AVSS VDD EA SO SCK TXD RXD SI P26 P25

P02
TR18

TR19

P03 P04

+ C5 C15
SW48

TR20

P05

35 34 33

R67 R66 R68

SW31

LED22

LED14

LED6 R9

E C

R81 R80 R79 R78 R77 R76 R75

R74 R73

R10 LED16 LED8 TR14 R13 C TR13 R12 C C

B P07 TR8

R70

R69

LED15

LED7

B P06 TR7

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

P70 P71

R49 R50 R51 R52 R53 R54 R55 R56

R57 R58 R59 R60 R61 R62 R63 R64

R71

P72 P73 P74 P75

B P35 TR11

P22 P23

B P36 TR10

TR12 R11 C E B P37 TR9 IC3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 NC A16 A15 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D0 D1 D2 GND VCC A18 A17 A14 A13 A8 A9 A11 OE A10 CE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OE Q0 D0 D1 Q1 Q2 D2 D3 Q3 VSS

4
IC4
A19

IC6
X0 X1 T1 T2 VSS SDSEL VDD DSPON CH2 CH1 FR CDATA LP DUAL HSCP ED HOD ce1 ce0 ad15 ad14 ad13 ad12 ad11 ad10 ad9 ad8 ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 ad3 ad2 67 66 1 63 62 61 2

IC8
VDD Q7 D7 D6 Q6 Q5 D5 D4 Q4 LE 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

D1

2-1

D1 R17 R19 3+ 2 ZD1 8 IC7 1 4 R20

IC12 12 13

FLM

2-2

FLM R18

R1 D6 R2 C3 +

5
M 2-3 M

R102 R101 R100 R99 R98 R97 R96 R95

CL1

2-4

CL1 R21 R22

5 6 7 8 C10

CTRL TH DCRG Vdd

RES CVT TRG GND IC5

4 3 2 1 C12 R23 TR21 D6

C4

C16

CL2

2-5

CL2

RD

R42

WR RD

+ C6
C17

NC

2-6 C11 F1

6
VDD(5V) 2-7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

HALT RESET MDS MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 FS0 FS1 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 WR RD CE C/D d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 VDD d5 d6 d7 r/w ce ad0 ad1

X2
3 CST

57 56 55 54 53 52 54 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35

+
M FLM CL1 CL2 D1

C18 C7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 GND

VCC WE A13 A8 A9 A11 OE A10 CE I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15

A19

C19

VSS

2-8

PG IC13 4 IC13 1 2

R24 3-1 R25 3-2

TH1

IC13

HSI

IC13 11

IC13 13

C20

C21

C22

C23

C24 HC14

C28 F04

C30 F373

C2 + C1 + C8 PG C9 SG

R27 R28

R30

R33

7
3-3 F3 VEE V0 2-9 F2 2-10 PG

R34

10

R29

R32 R31

12

R35

R37

VR1 R26

D1 1-1 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-6

D2 1-5

D3 1-7

D4 1-8

D5 1-9 SIG2

24V

PG

5V

SG

COM

SCLK

STATUS

SIG1

3-7-43

Connection diagram
A B
WE 2 WE 6 0 PRY 4 8 1

190 C
WE BK

D
5V SG +12V -12V PG 24VIN 24V 24VIN 24V-2 24V-3 PG 5V 5V-2 SG +12V -12V
(CN3)

E
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OE BE PE GY BE RD RD RD RD RD BE OE OE BE PE GY YW BN D E F G H K 1 2 3 (CN3)

F
(CN1)

HEATER CIRCUIT

1 1

2 COM
(CN4)

TH1

TH2

1 LIVE (CN2)

(CN1)

INLET

MSW CORE BK WE BK WE 1 LIVE 2 COM (CN1)

(CN1)

PSPCB

OPCB

BE 2 PG YW L 3 H REM RD 1 RY24V BN 4 R REM M (CN5) NOISE FILTER

LCD VOLUME PCB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5

RELAY

(CN6) 2 R COM

GN/YW

1 R LIVE

24VIN NC 24VOUT 24V-2 24V-3 PG 5V 5V-2 SG +12V -12V H REM R REM

GY Q PK P

(CN1)

D1 FLM M CL1 CL2 NC VDD (5V) VSS VEE V0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 2 1 (CN2)

LCD

(SP)

1 2

(CN21)

HEATER REMOTE

CORE

+
COM RD 1 RD 1 NO BN 3 BN 3 RD 5 YW 7 RD RD 8 COM 1 SSW2 LB LB 10 NO 3 SSW3
RD

HEATER CIRCUIT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6

OE BE PE GY BE RD

D E F G H K

2
5V SG +12V -12V PG 24VIN
(CN3) (CN2)

CORE

(CN23)

TC

BK 1 BK

(CN12)

(CN1)

3
PFCL 2 1 RCL BYPPFCL 2 1 2 1

GN 2 TC RD 4 24VIN PK YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW LB PK LB BE BN RD YW RD GY

1 24V-2

SM

2 RSW 3 1

DB

BE 1 1 OE 2 2 LB 3 3

CORE 3 SHPSW 2 1 1 2 1 ODSW 2 3 OE YW BE RD LB BE PK OE

(CN9)

DEVF

DFTSW

FG

FG

FG

1 (CN7)

(J4)

4 TNS 3 2 1

12 1 2 3 4 BE 5 BN 6 RD 7 YW 8 9 10

DFSDPCB

YW

YW

(CN1)

(J1)

CL

1 2

(CN3)

BK TFM BK

1 2
DTH

ISUH

FTH

(CN7)

Heater *1

(CN11)

1 2 3 1 2 P 1 2 BYPPSW 3 4

OE GY BE PE PK GY BE

(CN1) (CN8) 1

EL REM1 EL REM2 24V-2 24V-2 PG PG

NC DM REM 5V-2 SG 24V-2

SCAN0 PSSW1 NC SCAN0 PSSW2 NC SCAN0 PSSW3

5 4 3 2 1

GRID RD

HVTPCB

(CN8)

WE RD
Transfer roller

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MC

FG

(CN6)
DM LSU

(CN7)

3 2 1

CFM1

(CN2)

CFM2

RD 3 BK 2 BE

OSSW

(CN1) INPCB

WE 1 2 3 4 WE

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5V SG RS1 SG CCDCLK1 SG CCDCLK2 SG SH SG SP1 SG CP1 SG (CN16)

(CN15) +12V AG AG AG OS2 AG OS1 AG

SCAN0 PSSW4

1 2 3 4

(CN19)

(CN3) 5V ESW SG NC

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12

4 SCAN4 YW 1 3 2 BYPPSW1 GN 3 BYPPSW2 2 PK 1 4 BYPPSW3 RD 5 24V-2 BE 6 PG BN 7 MC REM YW 8 TC REM GN 9 DB REM PK 10 DB CHG BN YW 11 DB CONT 12 GRID CONT GN 13 TC ALM PK 14 MC ALM BE RD 15 SG RD 3 BN 16 24V-2 BK 2 BE 17 CFM1 REM BE 1 GY 18 PG 19 24V-2 GY 20 CFM2 REM GY 21 PG YW 22 TC CHG

OE YW 1 3 BN YW 2 2 BE YW 3 1 4

NC SG 5V

44

BN

BN 1 MSYNC BE 2 PG LB 3 PM RD 4 24V OE 5 5V-2 BE 6 SG PK 7 VIDEO BE 8 SG RD 9 LDRDY YW 10 ADJUST BE 11 SG PK 12 BD

4M MEMORY

8M MEMORY

1 YW 2 PSSW4 YW 2 1

2 PSSW2 1

SG 5V OSSW NC SG 5V

2 PSSW1 1

2 PSSW3 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

SCAN4 DEV A DEV B DEV C SG TNS 24V-2 TVR 24V-2 SHORT SCAN5 TCDES1 TCDES2 TCDES3 5V OFSW SG TFM1 TFM2 5V DTH NC 24V-2 FIDER HEATER

(CN6) 1 18

(CN13)

(J2)

(CN2)

9 10 1 7 6 8 2 3 4 5

BE OE PE OE BE YW PE BN YW GY LB

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SG SG DFSSW 5V SG DFOD DFTSW DF SIZE1 DF SIZE2 DF SIZE3 DF SIZE4 24VIN 5V SHPSW SG 24V-2 ISUH REM SG ODSW 5V

JUNCTION PCB

(CN6)

(CN5) 1 18

1 OE 6 YW 5 PSW 2 BE 3 4 OE 3 PK 2 BE 1 2 OE 3 PE 3 2 BYPPSW BE 1 1 RD 2 PE 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

24V-2 PFCL 24V-2 RCL 24V-2 BYPPFCL 5V PSW SG 5V RSW SG 5V BYPPSW SG 24V-2 CL REM NC

DFM (CN2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

68

68

RD BN PK RD LB YW BE OE PE OE BE YW PE BN YW GY LB GN

1 2 3 4 5 6 9 7 8 11 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 GN 18

RD 1 COM DFSSW PK 2 NO

(CN4)

PRINTER PCB

1 36

(CN5)

RD BN PK RD LB YW

4 6 5 3 1 2

D E F G H K

MOTPCB

OE BE PE GY BE RD

5 MSRY

DF *1

MPCB

1 2 3 4 5 6

2 1 3 5 6 4

RD BN PK RD LB YW

1 2 3 4 5 6

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

24VIN 24VIN 5V SG PG PG MOT A MOT A MOT B MOT B SMREF MOTSEL

24V 5V PG SG SCLK COM STATUS SIG1 SIG2

SSW1

COM NO

(CN3)

(CN4)

5V SG +12V -12V PG 24VIN

24VR EJOP 24VIN FTOP 24VF RCOVO

(CN4)

RESISTER 10, 40W

RESISTER 10, 40W

RESISTER (TH) 157C, 10, 40W

L M

(CN1) (CN5) 5V SG +12V -12V PG 24VIN OE BE PE GY BE RD

1 2 3 4 5 6

D E F G H K

FEEDER HEATER PCB

9 1 8 5 4 2 3 6 7

RD OE BE BE YW BN GN PK LB

Wire color Mark Black BK Brown BN Yellow YW Green GN Blue BE White WE Pink PK Red RD Orange OE Light blue LB PE Purple Gray GY Green/yellow GN/YW

NETWORK PCB

*1 Option

18

Special cassette 3 (option)

(J3)

18

WE YW 1 2 FTH WE YW 2 1 5V

1 1

40 40
(option)

2 3 1

ESW

Special cassette 2 (option)

2M MEMORY Memory board

6
(CN9)

EPCB
(CN2) (CN10) (CN14) (CN17)

1 1

40 40

1 1

40 40

Special cassette 1 (option)

YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW

PK PK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

PK PK

PK PK

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

24V-2 1 24V-2 2 STPFCL1 3 STPFCL2 4 STPFCL3 5 STFCL1 6 STFCL2 7 STFCL3 8 SCAN1 9 SCAN2 10 SCAN3 11 SENS0 12 SENS1 13 SENS2 14 SENS3 15 SENS4 16 SENS5 17 STDM1 REM 18 STDM2 REM 19 STDM3 REM 20 5V 21 22 SG STPSSW1 23 STPSSW2 24 STPSSW3 25 STFSW1 26 STFSW2 27 STFSW3 28 MTCLK 29 30 NC (CN18)

YW YW YW YW YW

YW YW YW

44

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CORE
(CN1) CCDPCB

CORE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(CN2)

EL

3-7-44

MITA EUROPE B.V.

Hoeksteen 40, 2132 MS Hoofddorp, The Netherlands Phone: (020) 6540000 Home page: http://www.mita.nl, Email: info@mita.nl

MITA PORTUGAL LDA.

CASCAISTOCK-Armazem n8, Rua das Fisgas, Alcoito, 2765 Estoril, Portugal Phone: 1-4602221

MITA SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD.

Unit 3, "KYALAMI CRESCENT", KYALAMI BUSINESS PARK, 1685 Midrand, South Africa Phone: (011) 4663290

MITA NEDERLAND B.V.

Gyroscoopweg 122, 1042 AZ Amsterdam, The Netherlands Phone: (020) 5877200

MITA COPYSTAR (U.K.) LTD.

Mita House, Hamm Moor Lane, Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey KT15 2SB, U.K. Phone: (01932) 858266

MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.

Headquarters:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008 Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008, U.S.A. Phone: (201) 808-8444

MITA ITALIA S.P.A.

Via Marconi 8, 20041 Agrate Brianza, Milano, Italy Phone: (039) 65641

MITA ASIA PACIFIC

Head office:
2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku, Osaka 540, Japan Phone: (06) 764-3555

S.A. MITA BELGIUM N.V.

Hermesstraat 8A, 1930 Zaventem, Belgium Phone: (02) 7209270

MITA FRANCE S.A.R.L.

1 Rue Pelloutier, 77183 Croissy Beaubourg, France Phone: (1) 60175152

MITA COPIERS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.

25 Sirius Road, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia Phone: (02) 418-7611

MITA ESPAA S.A.

Edificio Mita, Avda. De Manacor N 2, Urb. Parque Rozas, Apartado De Correos 76, 28230 Las Rozas, Madrid, Spain Phone: (91) 631-8392

MITA NEW ZEALAND LTD.

1-3 Parkhead Place, Albany P.O. Box 364, New Zealand Auckland, New Zealand Phone: (09) 415-4517

MITA FINLAND OY
Kirvesmiehenkatu 4, 00810 Helsinki, Finland Phone: (09) 478 05200

MITA (THAILAND) CORPORATION LTD.

9/209 Ratchada-Prachacheun Road, Bang Sue, Bangkok 10800, Thailand Phone: (02) 586-0333

MITA (SCHWEIZ) AG
Hlzliwisen Industriestrasse 28, 8604 Volketswil, Switzerland Phone: (01) 9461600

MITA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

Industriestrasse 17, D-61449 Steinbach/TS, Germany Phone: (06171) 7005-0

MITA COPYSTAR SINGAPORE PTE LTD.

121 Genting Lane, 3rd. Level, Singapore 349572 Phone: 65-7418733

MITA GMBH AUSTRIA

Altmannsdorfer Strae 144-146, 1232 Wien, Austria Phone: (01) 80188

MITA COPYSTAR HONG KONG LIMITED.

11/F., Mita Centre, 552-566 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, Hong Kong Phone: 852-2423-2163

MITA SVENSKA AB
Siktgatan 2 162 11 Vllingby, Sweden Phone: (08) 4719999

MITA DANCOPY A/S

Industrivej 11, DK-4632 Bjverskov, Denmark Phone: 56871100

MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.

2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku, Osaka 540, Japan Phone: (06) 764-3555 Fax: (06) 764-3981

1998 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.

Printed in the Netherlands